https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&feedformat=atom&user=Pmepham 2026-10-24T10:08:15Z User contributions MediaWiki 1.46.2 https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Main_Page&diff=661 2020-05-15T14:11:05Z

<p>Pmepham: </p> <hr /> <div>[[File:Epiphany Logo.png|frameless|center|Epiphany]]<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> &lt;center&gt;Welcome to Epiphany!&lt;/center&gt;<br /> <br /> &lt;center&gt;Here you will find everything you need to understand Epiphany.&lt;/center&gt;<br /> === Epiphany Manual ===<br /> {{#dpl:<br /> |columns=3<br /> |namespace=Manual<br /> |shownamespace=false<br /> |ordermethod=title<br /> |order=ascending<br /> |format=&lt;ul class=&quot;list-3-columns&quot;&gt;,&lt;li&gt;[[%NAMESPACE%:%TITLE%|%TITLE%]],&lt;/li&gt;,&lt;/ul&gt;<br /> }}<br /> <br /> === How-To ===<br /> {{#dpl:<br /> |columns=3<br /> |namespace=HowTo<br /> |shownamespace=false<br /> |ordermethod=title<br /> |order=ascending<br /> |format=&lt;ul class=&quot;list-3-columns&quot;&gt;,&lt;li&gt;[[%NAMESPACE%:%TITLE%|%TITLE%]],&lt;/li&gt;,&lt;/ul&gt;<br /> }}<br /> <br /> === Postings ===<br /> {{#dpl:<br /> |columns=3<br /> |namespace=Postings<br /> |shownamespace=false<br /> |ordermethod=title<br /> |order=ascending<br /> |format=&lt;ul class=&quot;list-3-columns&quot;&gt;,&lt;li&gt;[[%NAMESPACE%:%TITLE%|%TITLE%]],&lt;/li&gt;,&lt;/ul&gt;<br /> }}</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Basics&diff=653 2020-05-12T20:29:45Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Common Screens */</p> <hr /> <div>=Basics=<br /> === Flex Screen ===<br /> '''Title Bar''' - Displays the name of the screen you are on<br /> <br /> '''Menu Bar'''<br /> #First option is always Applications; provides access to standard screens<br /> #Menus will differ:<br /> #*On how Epiphany was configured for your organization,<br /> #*Individual user rights, and on<br /> #*What application or menu item you’re in<br /> #Shortcut Keys – Main Application (differs by Menu, but same concept). Example:<br /> #*Alt+A = Applications (continue to hold Alt and Press A again...)<br /> #*Alt+A (x2) = AR<br /> #*Alt+A (x3) = AP<br /> #*Alt+T = Tables<br /> #*Alt+I = Inventory<br /> #*Alt+G = General Ledger<br /> #*Alt+P = Payroll<br /> #*Alt+U = Utilities<br /> #*Alt+S = Setup<br /> #*Alt+R = Reports<br /> #*Alt+H = Help<br /> <br /> For Submenus – Use first letter of Menu Item; if multiples of same beginning<br /> letter, press that letter multiple times to move through the menu items beginning<br /> with that letter<br /> <br /> '''Toolbar'''– hover over icons to display a short description (or tooltip) of a button. Icons appear<br /> white when available and grayed out when not available.&lt;br&gt;<br /> 1. {{#far:arrow-circle-left}} '''Back''' goes back to previous screen&lt;br&gt;<br /> 2. {{#fas:chevron-circle-left}} {{#fas:angle-left}} {{#fas:angle-right}} {{#fas:chevron-circle-right}}navigation buttons; the outer arrows in a circle move to the first and last records of a table, the white inner arrows advance forward or backward one record&lt;br&gt;<br /> 3. [[File:AddDeleteEdit.png]]<br /> ::* {{#fas:fa-plus}} '''Add''' immediately addes a new record; complete fields otherwise there will be a blank record in the database<br /> :::*[[File:CancelEdit.png]] The Edit button changes to Cancel edit; this will remove the newly added record if it has not been saved yet<br /> ::*'''Delete''' allows a record to be removed or merged with an existing record<br /> [[File:DeleteRecordDialogBox.png|center]]<br /> :::* Click Yes to delete currently displayed record and merge with an existing record<br /> :::* Click No to delete the record without merging with another record<br /> ::::*Upon clicking Yes to merge with another record<br /> [[File:MergeDeletedRecordDialogBox.png|center]]<br /> ::::*Upon clicking Yes to merge with another record and selecting the record to merge with, confirm deletion and merge, then click Yes or No<br /> [[File:ConfirmMergeDeleteRecordsDialogBox.png|center]]<br /> ::::(Clicking No from this screen only deletes the record and does not merge the record with another record)<br /> ::::*Click no to delete the record without merging with another record<br /> ::::*Click Cancel to cancel the deletion<br /> ::*'''Edit''' allows a record to be changed.<br /> :::*[[File:CancelEdit.png]] The Edit button changes to Cancel edit and allows any changes to be canceled if the changes have not been saved already&lt;br&gt;<br /> 4. [[File:RefreshSearch.png]]<br /> ::*'''Refresh''' allows the record to be refreshed to see the most current view of the screen you are currently on. Generally used when someone is editing the record you are currently viewing.<br /> ::*'''Search''' allows for lookup of records<br /> 5. [[File:Toolbar.png]]<br /> ::*'''Print''' [[File:Print.png]] is active on screens that have a standard report defined. The standard print dialog box will appear.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Print Preview''' [[File:FilterPresets.png]] found to the right of the Print button; prints the report to screen first for review prior to printing.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Active Records''' [[File:ActiveRecords.png]] by default shows only active records... This is a toggle button and can toggle to show all records or only Active Records.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Filter''' [[File:Filter.png]] allows the records to be filtered by any standard field on the current screen.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Filter Presets''' [[File:FilterPresets.png]] to the right of the Filter icon allows the use of saved Filters or removes the current filter to display all records.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Capture Image''' [[File:CaptureImage.png]] allows for document scanning with an attached compatible scanner/capture device. Document is scanned, added to the Documents Table and a relationship is automatically created between the current record and the document scanned.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Attach File''' [[File:AttachFile.png]] allows for a file to be selected from a location on your computer (network drive, local drive, etc.) and attached to the current record. Again, the document is added to the Documents Table, a relationship is automatically created between the current record and the document/file attached. Note: this creates a copy of the file and does not remove the file from its original location.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Other Actions''' [[File:OtherActions.png]] allows access to several other actions available if definitions have been created.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Notifications''' [[File:Notifications.png]] When green, there are unviewed notifications for the user logged in (not specific to the current record on the screen). Notifications are generated by Document Flow Rules created in the system to notify users when a record has been added, changed, or a note added to a record related to the user.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Object Screen''' [[File:Object Screen.png]] shows each screen related to the object (screen) a user is currently viewing. This allows a user to quickly switch between related screens and only if user has access to the screen(s).&lt;br&gt;<br /> 6. [[File:SearchPin.png]]<br /> ::*'''Pin''' [[File:Pin.png]] allows a user to pin a screen without opening another instance of Epiphany. The pinned screen will stay open as you open/navigate to other screens. It will stay open until either the pinned screen is closed or the user exits Epiphany. <br /> ::*'''Search''' [[File:Search.png]] allows a user to do a global search. The Search Results returned indicate which tables the string of data appears.<br /> '''Relationships Bar''' - allows access to other records related to the current record on the screen. Item will be bold white when there are related items and grayed out when there are no related objects attached.&lt;br&gt;<br /> :: [[File:RelationshipsBar.png]]<br /> :: 1. '''Relationships'''- shows all records related to the current record displayed.<br /> :: 2. '''Notes''' - allows the capability to attach notes as well as view existing notes related to a record. <br /> :: 3. '''Documents''' - allows the capability to view all documents related to the current record. <br /> :: 4. '''Approvals''' - allows for reviewing and/or signing electronic documents. Used anytime an electronic signature needs to be captured.<br /> :: 5. '''Tasks''' - displays any active Tasks related to the selected record.<br /> :: 6. '''History''' - allows the user to view the history of changes made to the current record. <br /> :::* '''Database Change History Grid''' - displays the date/time stamp along with the user that performed any adds, changes and/or deletes to the records being viewed, the new value and the relationship type along with the Screen the action was performed from.<br /> :: 7. '''Help''' - provides a brief description of the screen, details and technical data of a specific field. The current screen name is displayed under the '''Screen''' section. Hovering over a field will display help information under the '''Detail''' section.<br /> '''Information Bar''' - contains information about your Epiphany session and the record currently displayed.<br /> :: [[File:InformationBar.JPG]]<br /> <br /> :: 1. '''Current User(1)''' - displays the name of the user currently logged into Epiphany.<br /> :: 2. '''Shortcuts(2)''' - toggles shortcuts (on and off) to commonly used screens.<br /> :: 3. '''Server or Computer Name (3)''' – displays the name of the server or the computer currently being used to access Epiphany<br /> :: 4. '''Record ID (4)''' – displays the internal unique ID of the record currently displayed<br /> :: 5. '''Record Count (5)''' – displays the number of records in the current Filter or Table of records<br /> :: 6. '''Unfiltered (6)''' – displays number of filtered records when a filter is in place (when filtered this will toggle to '''FILTERED SCREEN''') <br /> :: 7. '''No Reason (7)''' – allows for entering a reason changes are being made to a record and records the reason within its history records. Generally, no longer used as Notes are now used.<br /> :: 8. '''Notification (8)''' – displays current notifications in system for current user to take action on.<br /> :: 9. '''Widgets(9)''' - displays Widget control to create shortcuts to screens and widgets.<br /> :::*Shortcuts to screens are easily created<br /> ::::*Be on the screen you want to create a shortcut to<br /> ::::*Go into Widget mode<br /> ::::*Click [[File:AddShortcut.png]] <br /> ::::*Click Yes<br /> :: 10. '''Theme(10)''' - allows user to change the color scheme and landing screen.<br /> :: 11. '''Zoom(11)''' - allows the user to change the zoom percentage of Epiphany.<br /> :: 12. '''Database Name(12)''' - displays the name of the database you are currently accessing. If you have access to more than one Epiphany database, you can double-click this field to switch to another database.<br /> <br /> === Common Screens ===<br /> <br /> '''Title Screen''' - displays the Epiphany application with your Company Logo.&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''Person Screen''' - consists of all contacts in your database.<br /> :1. Tabs<br /> ::* Main – person demographics<br /> ::* Addresses – displays all addresses related to person record<br /> ::* Other – Additional information related to person record<br /> ::* Security – security credentials and level of access rights to Epiphany<br /> ::* Credit Card – stores credit card information for billing<br /> ::* Inv History – displays invoice history related to person record<br /> ::* AR History – displays AR history related to person record<br /> ::* AR Payments – displays AR payments related to person record<br /> ::* AP History – displays the AR invoices related to person record<br /> ::* Open Orders – displays open order in Epiphany related to person record<br /> ::* Class Entry – displays classes related to person record<br /> ::* Class History – displays history of classes attended<br /> ::* Activity – displays any activity logs related to person record<br /> ::* Acct Defaults – displays the default billing options related to person record<br /> ::* Security Basic – displays basic security to allow for password resets<br /> :2. Top Section (Main Tab)<br /> ::* Person’s first name, last name, middle initial<br /> ::* [[File:OutlookSync.png]]-- Turns on Outlook Sync to sync this record to your Outlook Contacts<br /> ::* Birthdate<br /> ::* Sex<br /> ::* Category – link to category(ies) for data filtering and categorizing<br /> ::* Fingerprint – register person’s fingerprints with compatible fingerprint device<br /> :::[[File:FingerprintRegistration.png]]<br /> ::* Active Flag – Active is the default when adding a new person; uncheck this box if person becomes inactive<br /> ::* Employee Flag – check this box if the person is an employee of your company<br /> :3. Contact Information(Main Tab)<br /> ::* Address information (Street, City, State and Zip)<br /> ::* Email Addresses and descriptions<br /> ::* Phone numbers and descriptions<br /> ::* Send – opens a new email and places the email addresses in the “To” field (requires compatible email client software)<br /> :4. Company Affiliations(Company/Position) - link related person to company and position<br /> :5. Family - link family members to related person record<br /> :6. Photo – insert photo image of person<br /> :7. Print Label – print an address label to compatible printer for selected person record<br /> :8. (Filtered) – prints address labels for all records when person screen is filtered<br /> :9. Contact Person – displays contact at that address<br /> '''Company Screen''' - consists of all companies in your database<br /> :1. Tabs<br /> ::* Main – company demographics<br /> ::* Addresses – displays all addresses for related company record<br /> ::* Dealer/Distributor – displays dealers and distributors related to company record<br /> ::* AR History – displays accounts receivable history for related company record<br /> ::* AP History – displays accounts payable history for related company record<br /> ::* Inv History – displays invoice history for related company record<br /> ::* Open Orders – displays open orders for related company record<br /> ::* Sales Opportunities – displays status of sales opportunities for related company record<br /> ::* Contracts – displays all contracts related to related company record<br /> ::* Authorizations – displays authorizations for licensing/subscriptions or other items to track for billing back to related company record<br /> ::* Tasks – displays any tasks in the system related to related company record<br /> ::* Activity – displays all contact activity received for related company record<br /> ::* Customer Assets – tracks assets sold to customer<br /> ::* Acct Defaults – displays default billing information and expense account for related company record<br /> ::* Credit Card -- stores credit card information for billing<br /> ::* Affiliations – tracks parent companies and subsidiary companies<br /> :2. Top Section(Main Tab)<br /> ::* Create Order (Inventory Orders) – shortcut to create a new order (auto-fills Ordered By and Ship To information, if stored in selected company record)<br /> ::* Create PO (Customer Purchase Orders) – shortcut to create a new purchase order (auto-fills Order From and Ship To information, if stored in selected company record)<br /> ::* Sort Name vs. Company Name – Sort Name auto-fills when Company Name field is entered; can be edited to sort differently for searching records<br /> ::* Category – link pertinent categories to related company record<br /> ::* Vend# – displays vendor number assigned to related company record<br /> ::* Cust# – displays customer number assigned to related company record<br /> ::* EIN – displays Employee Identification Number or Federal Tax ID number to related company record<br /> :3. Company Information (Main Tab) – displays address related to company record <br /> :4. Contacts (Main Tab) – displays contacts related to company record<br /> :5. Logo (Main Tab) – import company’s logo<br /> :6. Bottom Section (Main Tab)<br /> ::* Internal contacts managing, services, etc. the related company record<br /> ::* Num Employees – for recording employee size of related company record<br /> ::* Annual Revenue – for recording annual revenue of related company record<br /> :7. Comment (Main Tab) – displays any comments pertinent to related company record that would not be entered as a note<br /> :8. Acct Password – displays password associated with related company record<br /> :9. Print Label (Main Tab) – print an address label to compatible printer<br /> :10. Filtered (Main Tab) – prints address labels for all records when company records are filtered<br /> :11. Notes (Main Tab) – add public or private notes and comments to related record<br /> '''Addresses Expanded Screen''' - consists of all the addresses in the system<br /> :1. Top Section<br /> ::* Address Line 1 – first line of an address<br /> ::* Address Line 2 – second line of an address<br /> ::* City, ST ZIP – City, State (abbreviated), and Zip code (allows for +4 and foreign)<br /> ::* County – County city is located<br /> ::* Country – default is USA<br /> ::* Map – provide a URL to a map if desired<br /> ::* Address Desc – description of address if needed (i.e. Warehouse vs. Office)<br /> ::* Latitude – when an address does not yet exist<br /> ::* Longitude – used when an address not yet exist<br /> ::* Phone Number &amp; Phone Desc – displays phone for that address (used when multiple addresses are used that have different phone numbers for each location)<br /> ::* AP Location – used for accounts payable invoices/purchase orders<br /> ::* Do not subscribe – opt-out of receiving certain information<br /> ::* Special Info – special notes specific to this address<br /> ::* Add Task Button – creates a new task<br /> ::* Create Contract Button – creates a new contract<br /> ::* Task History – displays the task history<br /> ::* Contact Company – displays company for this specific address record (i.e. rental or leased property)<br /> ::* Contact Person – displays contact at that address<br /> ::* Owning Company – displays company that owns property at that address<br /> ::* Owning Person – displays contact name of owning company<br /> ::* Sales Tax Key – displays sales tax key to use for this address<br /> ::* Contract – displays any contracts related to the address<br /> ::* Zone Information – displays zone information related to the address<br /> ::* Notes – add public or private notes and comments to related address<br /> '''Tasks Screen''' - consists of all tasks in the system.<br /> :1. Task View<br /> ::* Active – displays Active tasks only<br /> ::* Completed – displays completed tasks<br /> ::* Cancelled – displays cancelled tasks<br /> ::* Projects – displays all project tasks in system<br /> ::* Hide Tasks with Uncompleted Prerequisites<br /> ::* Show Future Tasks – displays tasks with due date in the future<br /> ::* Go To Task# - enter specific task number into text box to open and display a specific task<br /> ::* Print – prints tasks displayed on screen in a report format<br /> ::* Graph – visual graphic of new tasks vs. closed tasks<br /> ::* Filtered – displays graph based on filtered criteria<br /> ::* Assigned To – displays tasks assigned to criteria selected below<br /> ::* Requested By – displays tasks by person requesting task<br /> ::* Coordinator – displays tasks by Task Coordinator<br /> ::* Task Filter – displays data for a specific task<br /> ::* Category – displays tasks by related category<br /> ::* Task Type – displays tasks by related task type<br /> ::* Person – displays tasks by specific person<br /> ::* Department – displays tasks by department<br /> ::* Company – displays tasks by specific company<br /> ::* Show Mine – displays tasks for user currently logged in<br /> ::* Show All – shows all tasks for your company<br /> ::* New Task – allows for entry of a new task<br /> ::* Sorting – click on column header(s) to sort in ascending or descending order<br /> ::* Expand [[File:Expand.png]] – show more records/data<br /> :2. Activity View – displays all recorded activity for your organization and allows for easy creation of new activity records<br /> :3. Appointment View – displays appointments scheduled<br /> ::* Date range –display by day, week or month<br /> ::* Filters – filtered by Company, Person, Task or Department<br /> :4. Worklog View – displays logged hours based on filtered criteria<br /> ::* Date Range – displays by day, week or month<br /> ::* Filters – filtered by Company, Person, Task or Department<br /> :5. Project View – displays project timelines<br /> :6. Mileage Log – displays mileage<br /> '''Flex Screen Lookup'''<br /> :1. Tool Bar [[File:LookupToolbar.png]]<br /> ::* Text field - standard search<br /> ::* [[File:Filter.png]] = filter on selected search criteria<br /> ::* Select Record -- opens record selected/highlighted<br /> ::* [[File:ActiveRecords.png]] = active records (toggle to show both Active &amp; Inactive records)<br /> ::* [[File:AdvancedSearch.png]] = E-MC2 allows for advanced search (search on any portion of selected field)<br /> ::* [[File:RecordID.png]] = displays unique Record ID<br /> ::* [[File:SearchByCategory.png]] = search by category then by record by expanding category<br /> ::* [[File:Refresh.png]] = refreshes records displayed<br /> ::* [[File:Clear.png]] = closes Flex Screen Lookup without selecting record<br /> ::* [[File:Favorites.png]] = displays records you have added to your Favorites list <br /> ::* [[File:AddNewRecord.png]] = allows user to add the text in search field box as a new record in the database (must have rights to “add on fly”)<br /> ::* [[File:Ascending.png]] and [[File:Descending.png]] = toggles sort order between Ascending/Descending<br /> :2. Normal behavior<br /> ::* Settings<br /> ::** Default order of columns displayed<br /> ::* Expanding [[File:Expand.png]]<br /> ::* Sorting<br /> ::** Select Column to sort on<br /> ::** Ascending<br /> ::** Descending<br /> :3. Additional behavior<br /> :: [[File:RightClickColumnHeader.png|left]]<br /> :::::::::::::* Right-click on Column Header in a grid (vs. Record)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Sorting<br /> :::::::::::::::* Left-click Column Header Name to sort<br /> ::::::::::::::::* Ascending/descending Toggle [[File:Ascending.png]] or [[File:Descending.png]] <br /> ::::::::::::::* Scroll Set / Clear <br /> :::::::::::::::* Left to right scrolling of columns<br /> :::::::::::::::* Clears on close<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> :: [[File:RightClickRecord.png|left]]<br /> :::::::::::::* Right-click on Record in a grid (vs. Column Header) <br /> ::::::::::::::* Copy / Paste<br /> ::::::::::::::* Moves records in a grid (sets priority only for categorized items)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Favorites (Add/remove) – adds record to Favorites list and displays on default Lookup screen (user preference)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Colors – color code records in a grid (user preference)<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> :: [[File:RightClickTableProperties.png|left]]<br /> :::::::::::::* Right-click Table Properties [[File:Expand2.png]] or [[File:Expand.png]] <br /> ::::::::::::::* Show… (temporary; doesn’t save in layout) <br /> :::::::::::::::* IDs<br /> :::::::::::::::* Relationship Types<br /> :::::::::::::::* Priorities<br /> ::::::::::::::* Favorites Mode – displays only records added as a Favorite (*)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Show Row Lines – will show horizontal grid lines<br /> ::::::::::::::* Show Column Lines – will show vertical grid lines (user preference)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Save Layout (column order &amp; width; per user; does not change default lookup field)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Save Layout Filters<br /> ::::::::::::::* Default Layout – reset to default layout<br /> ::::::::::::::* Export to File<br /> ::::::::::::::* Graph<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> '''Relationships'''<br /> :'''Navigating and Understanding'''<br /> :* Links two records together<br /> :* Fields with lookups (FlexScreen Lookup) create links to related record<br /> :* Hover mouse to see number of related records [[File:RelatedRecordsHover.png]] <br /> :** The first number is the record currently displayed in the field and the second number is the total number of related records of the same type<br /> :** To add or remove relationships you must be in Edit mode.[[File:AddRemove.png]] <br /> :*** + allows for adding additional related records of the same type<br /> :*** - = removes relationship of displayed related record<br /> :** Double-clicking a related record moves user to that record information<br /> :** Note: IMPORTANT to never type over information; you will delete information or change that record in the database (there is no Undo)</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Basics&diff=652 2020-05-12T20:29:06Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Title Bar */</p> <hr /> <div>=Basics=<br /> === Flex Screen ===<br /> '''Title Bar''' - Displays the name of the screen you are on<br /> <br /> '''Menu Bar'''<br /> #First option is always Applications; provides access to standard screens<br /> #Menus will differ:<br /> #*On how Epiphany was configured for your organization,<br /> #*Individual user rights, and on<br /> #*What application or menu item you’re in<br /> #Shortcut Keys – Main Application (differs by Menu, but same concept). Example:<br /> #*Alt+A = Applications (continue to hold Alt and Press A again...)<br /> #*Alt+A (x2) = AR<br /> #*Alt+A (x3) = AP<br /> #*Alt+T = Tables<br /> #*Alt+I = Inventory<br /> #*Alt+G = General Ledger<br /> #*Alt+P = Payroll<br /> #*Alt+U = Utilities<br /> #*Alt+S = Setup<br /> #*Alt+R = Reports<br /> #*Alt+H = Help<br /> <br /> For Submenus – Use first letter of Menu Item; if multiples of same beginning<br /> letter, press that letter multiple times to move through the menu items beginning<br /> with that letter<br /> <br /> '''Toolbar'''– hover over icons to display a short description (or tooltip) of a button. Icons appear<br /> white when available and grayed out when not available.&lt;br&gt;<br /> 1. {{#far:arrow-circle-left}} '''Back''' goes back to previous screen&lt;br&gt;<br /> 2. {{#fas:chevron-circle-left}} {{#fas:angle-left}} {{#fas:angle-right}} {{#fas:chevron-circle-right}}navigation buttons; the outer arrows in a circle move to the first and last records of a table, the white inner arrows advance forward or backward one record&lt;br&gt;<br /> 3. [[File:AddDeleteEdit.png]]<br /> ::* {{#fas:fa-plus}} '''Add''' immediately addes a new record; complete fields otherwise there will be a blank record in the database<br /> :::*[[File:CancelEdit.png]] The Edit button changes to Cancel edit; this will remove the newly added record if it has not been saved yet<br /> ::*'''Delete''' allows a record to be removed or merged with an existing record<br /> [[File:DeleteRecordDialogBox.png|center]]<br /> :::* Click Yes to delete currently displayed record and merge with an existing record<br /> :::* Click No to delete the record without merging with another record<br /> ::::*Upon clicking Yes to merge with another record<br /> [[File:MergeDeletedRecordDialogBox.png|center]]<br /> ::::*Upon clicking Yes to merge with another record and selecting the record to merge with, confirm deletion and merge, then click Yes or No<br /> [[File:ConfirmMergeDeleteRecordsDialogBox.png|center]]<br /> ::::(Clicking No from this screen only deletes the record and does not merge the record with another record)<br /> ::::*Click no to delete the record without merging with another record<br /> ::::*Click Cancel to cancel the deletion<br /> ::*'''Edit''' allows a record to be changed.<br /> :::*[[File:CancelEdit.png]] The Edit button changes to Cancel edit and allows any changes to be canceled if the changes have not been saved already&lt;br&gt;<br /> 4. [[File:RefreshSearch.png]]<br /> ::*'''Refresh''' allows the record to be refreshed to see the most current view of the screen you are currently on. Generally used when someone is editing the record you are currently viewing.<br /> ::*'''Search''' allows for lookup of records<br /> 5. [[File:Toolbar.png]]<br /> ::*'''Print''' [[File:Print.png]] is active on screens that have a standard report defined. The standard print dialog box will appear.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Print Preview''' [[File:FilterPresets.png]] found to the right of the Print button; prints the report to screen first for review prior to printing.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Active Records''' [[File:ActiveRecords.png]] by default shows only active records... This is a toggle button and can toggle to show all records or only Active Records.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Filter''' [[File:Filter.png]] allows the records to be filtered by any standard field on the current screen.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Filter Presets''' [[File:FilterPresets.png]] to the right of the Filter icon allows the use of saved Filters or removes the current filter to display all records.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Capture Image''' [[File:CaptureImage.png]] allows for document scanning with an attached compatible scanner/capture device. Document is scanned, added to the Documents Table and a relationship is automatically created between the current record and the document scanned.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Attach File''' [[File:AttachFile.png]] allows for a file to be selected from a location on your computer (network drive, local drive, etc.) and attached to the current record. Again, the document is added to the Documents Table, a relationship is automatically created between the current record and the document/file attached. Note: this creates a copy of the file and does not remove the file from its original location.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Other Actions''' [[File:OtherActions.png]] allows access to several other actions available if definitions have been created.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Notifications''' [[File:Notifications.png]] When green, there are unviewed notifications for the user logged in (not specific to the current record on the screen). Notifications are generated by Document Flow Rules created in the system to notify users when a record has been added, changed, or a note added to a record related to the user.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Object Screen''' [[File:Object Screen.png]] shows each screen related to the object (screen) a user is currently viewing. This allows a user to quickly switch between related screens and only if user has access to the screen(s).&lt;br&gt;<br /> 6. [[File:SearchPin.png]]<br /> ::*'''Pin''' [[File:Pin.png]] allows a user to pin a screen without opening another instance of Epiphany. The pinned screen will stay open as you open/navigate to other screens. It will stay open until either the pinned screen is closed or the user exits Epiphany. <br /> ::*'''Search''' [[File:Search.png]] allows a user to do a global search. The Search Results returned indicate which tables the string of data appears.<br /> '''Relationships Bar''' - allows access to other records related to the current record on the screen. Item will be bold white when there are related items and grayed out when there are no related objects attached.&lt;br&gt;<br /> :: [[File:RelationshipsBar.png]]<br /> :: 1. '''Relationships'''- shows all records related to the current record displayed.<br /> :: 2. '''Notes''' - allows the capability to attach notes as well as view existing notes related to a record. <br /> :: 3. '''Documents''' - allows the capability to view all documents related to the current record. <br /> :: 4. '''Approvals''' - allows for reviewing and/or signing electronic documents. Used anytime an electronic signature needs to be captured.<br /> :: 5. '''Tasks''' - displays any active Tasks related to the selected record.<br /> :: 6. '''History''' - allows the user to view the history of changes made to the current record. <br /> :::* '''Database Change History Grid''' - displays the date/time stamp along with the user that performed any adds, changes and/or deletes to the records being viewed, the new value and the relationship type along with the Screen the action was performed from.<br /> :: 7. '''Help''' - provides a brief description of the screen, details and technical data of a specific field. The current screen name is displayed under the '''Screen''' section. Hovering over a field will display help information under the '''Detail''' section.<br /> '''Information Bar''' - contains information about your Epiphany session and the record currently displayed.<br /> :: [[File:InformationBar.JPG]]<br /> <br /> :: 1. '''Current User(1)''' - displays the name of the user currently logged into Epiphany.<br /> :: 2. '''Shortcuts(2)''' - toggles shortcuts (on and off) to commonly used screens.<br /> :: 3. '''Server or Computer Name (3)''' – displays the name of the server or the computer currently being used to access Epiphany<br /> :: 4. '''Record ID (4)''' – displays the internal unique ID of the record currently displayed<br /> :: 5. '''Record Count (5)''' – displays the number of records in the current Filter or Table of records<br /> :: 6. '''Unfiltered (6)''' – displays number of filtered records when a filter is in place (when filtered this will toggle to '''FILTERED SCREEN''') <br /> :: 7. '''No Reason (7)''' – allows for entering a reason changes are being made to a record and records the reason within its history records. Generally, no longer used as Notes are now used.<br /> :: 8. '''Notification (8)''' – displays current notifications in system for current user to take action on.<br /> :: 9. '''Widgets(9)''' - displays Widget control to create shortcuts to screens and widgets.<br /> :::*Shortcuts to screens are easily created<br /> ::::*Be on the screen you want to create a shortcut to<br /> ::::*Go into Widget mode<br /> ::::*Click [[File:AddShortcut.png]] <br /> ::::*Click Yes<br /> :: 10. '''Theme(10)''' - allows user to change the color scheme and landing screen.<br /> :: 11. '''Zoom(11)''' - allows the user to change the zoom percentage of Epiphany.<br /> :: 12. '''Database Name(12)''' - displays the name of the database you are currently accessing. If you have access to more than one Epiphany database, you can double-click this field to switch to another database.<br /> <br /> === Common Screens ===<br /> <br /> ==== Title Screen ==== - displays the Epiphany application with your Company Logo.&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''Person Screen''' - consists of all contacts in your database.<br /> :1. Tabs<br /> ::* Main – person demographics<br /> ::* Addresses – displays all addresses related to person record<br /> ::* Other – Additional information related to person record<br /> ::* Security – security credentials and level of access rights to Epiphany<br /> ::* Credit Card – stores credit card information for billing<br /> ::* Inv History – displays invoice history related to person record<br /> ::* AR History – displays AR history related to person record<br /> ::* AR Payments – displays AR payments related to person record<br /> ::* AP History – displays the AR invoices related to person record<br /> ::* Open Orders – displays open order in Epiphany related to person record<br /> ::* Class Entry – displays classes related to person record<br /> ::* Class History – displays history of classes attended<br /> ::* Activity – displays any activity logs related to person record<br /> ::* Acct Defaults – displays the default billing options related to person record<br /> ::* Security Basic – displays basic security to allow for password resets<br /> :2. Top Section (Main Tab)<br /> ::* Person’s first name, last name, middle initial<br /> ::* [[File:OutlookSync.png]]-- Turns on Outlook Sync to sync this record to your Outlook Contacts<br /> ::* Birthdate<br /> ::* Sex<br /> ::* Category – link to category(ies) for data filtering and categorizing<br /> ::* Fingerprint – register person’s fingerprints with compatible fingerprint device<br /> :::[[File:FingerprintRegistration.png]]<br /> ::* Active Flag – Active is the default when adding a new person; uncheck this box if person becomes inactive<br /> ::* Employee Flag – check this box if the person is an employee of your company<br /> :3. Contact Information(Main Tab)<br /> ::* Address information (Street, City, State and Zip)<br /> ::* Email Addresses and descriptions<br /> ::* Phone numbers and descriptions<br /> ::* Send – opens a new email and places the email addresses in the “To” field (requires compatible email client software)<br /> :4. Company Affiliations(Company/Position) - link related person to company and position<br /> :5. Family - link family members to related person record<br /> :6. Photo – insert photo image of person<br /> :7. Print Label – print an address label to compatible printer for selected person record<br /> :8. (Filtered) – prints address labels for all records when person screen is filtered<br /> :9. Contact Person – displays contact at that address<br /> '''Company Screen''' - consists of all companies in your database<br /> :1. Tabs<br /> ::* Main – company demographics<br /> ::* Addresses – displays all addresses for related company record<br /> ::* Dealer/Distributor – displays dealers and distributors related to company record<br /> ::* AR History – displays accounts receivable history for related company record<br /> ::* AP History – displays accounts payable history for related company record<br /> ::* Inv History – displays invoice history for related company record<br /> ::* Open Orders – displays open orders for related company record<br /> ::* Sales Opportunities – displays status of sales opportunities for related company record<br /> ::* Contracts – displays all contracts related to related company record<br /> ::* Authorizations – displays authorizations for licensing/subscriptions or other items to track for billing back to related company record<br /> ::* Tasks – displays any tasks in the system related to related company record<br /> ::* Activity – displays all contact activity received for related company record<br /> ::* Customer Assets – tracks assets sold to customer<br /> ::* Acct Defaults – displays default billing information and expense account for related company record<br /> ::* Credit Card -- stores credit card information for billing<br /> ::* Affiliations – tracks parent companies and subsidiary companies<br /> :2. Top Section(Main Tab)<br /> ::* Create Order (Inventory Orders) – shortcut to create a new order (auto-fills Ordered By and Ship To information, if stored in selected company record)<br /> ::* Create PO (Customer Purchase Orders) – shortcut to create a new purchase order (auto-fills Order From and Ship To information, if stored in selected company record)<br /> ::* Sort Name vs. Company Name – Sort Name auto-fills when Company Name field is entered; can be edited to sort differently for searching records<br /> ::* Category – link pertinent categories to related company record<br /> ::* Vend# – displays vendor number assigned to related company record<br /> ::* Cust# – displays customer number assigned to related company record<br /> ::* EIN – displays Employee Identification Number or Federal Tax ID number to related company record<br /> :3. Company Information (Main Tab) – displays address related to company record <br /> :4. Contacts (Main Tab) – displays contacts related to company record<br /> :5. Logo (Main Tab) – import company’s logo<br /> :6. Bottom Section (Main Tab)<br /> ::* Internal contacts managing, services, etc. the related company record<br /> ::* Num Employees – for recording employee size of related company record<br /> ::* Annual Revenue – for recording annual revenue of related company record<br /> :7. Comment (Main Tab) – displays any comments pertinent to related company record that would not be entered as a note<br /> :8. Acct Password – displays password associated with related company record<br /> :9. Print Label (Main Tab) – print an address label to compatible printer<br /> :10. Filtered (Main Tab) – prints address labels for all records when company records are filtered<br /> :11. Notes (Main Tab) – add public or private notes and comments to related record<br /> '''Addresses Expanded Screen''' - consists of all the addresses in the system<br /> :1. Top Section<br /> ::* Address Line 1 – first line of an address<br /> ::* Address Line 2 – second line of an address<br /> ::* City, ST ZIP – City, State (abbreviated), and Zip code (allows for +4 and foreign)<br /> ::* County – County city is located<br /> ::* Country – default is USA<br /> ::* Map – provide a URL to a map if desired<br /> ::* Address Desc – description of address if needed (i.e. Warehouse vs. Office)<br /> ::* Latitude – when an address does not yet exist<br /> ::* Longitude – used when an address not yet exist<br /> ::* Phone Number &amp; Phone Desc – displays phone for that address (used when multiple addresses are used that have different phone numbers for each location)<br /> ::* AP Location – used for accounts payable invoices/purchase orders<br /> ::* Do not subscribe – opt-out of receiving certain information<br /> ::* Special Info – special notes specific to this address<br /> ::* Add Task Button – creates a new task<br /> ::* Create Contract Button – creates a new contract<br /> ::* Task History – displays the task history<br /> ::* Contact Company – displays company for this specific address record (i.e. rental or leased property)<br /> ::* Contact Person – displays contact at that address<br /> ::* Owning Company – displays company that owns property at that address<br /> ::* Owning Person – displays contact name of owning company<br /> ::* Sales Tax Key – displays sales tax key to use for this address<br /> ::* Contract – displays any contracts related to the address<br /> ::* Zone Information – displays zone information related to the address<br /> ::* Notes – add public or private notes and comments to related address<br /> '''Tasks Screen''' - consists of all tasks in the system.<br /> :1. Task View<br /> ::* Active – displays Active tasks only<br /> ::* Completed – displays completed tasks<br /> ::* Cancelled – displays cancelled tasks<br /> ::* Projects – displays all project tasks in system<br /> ::* Hide Tasks with Uncompleted Prerequisites<br /> ::* Show Future Tasks – displays tasks with due date in the future<br /> ::* Go To Task# - enter specific task number into text box to open and display a specific task<br /> ::* Print – prints tasks displayed on screen in a report format<br /> ::* Graph – visual graphic of new tasks vs. closed tasks<br /> ::* Filtered – displays graph based on filtered criteria<br /> ::* Assigned To – displays tasks assigned to criteria selected below<br /> ::* Requested By – displays tasks by person requesting task<br /> ::* Coordinator – displays tasks by Task Coordinator<br /> ::* Task Filter – displays data for a specific task<br /> ::* Category – displays tasks by related category<br /> ::* Task Type – displays tasks by related task type<br /> ::* Person – displays tasks by specific person<br /> ::* Department – displays tasks by department<br /> ::* Company – displays tasks by specific company<br /> ::* Show Mine – displays tasks for user currently logged in<br /> ::* Show All – shows all tasks for your company<br /> ::* New Task – allows for entry of a new task<br /> ::* Sorting – click on column header(s) to sort in ascending or descending order<br /> ::* Expand [[File:Expand.png]] – show more records/data<br /> :2. Activity View – displays all recorded activity for your organization and allows for easy creation of new activity records<br /> :3. Appointment View – displays appointments scheduled<br /> ::* Date range –display by day, week or month<br /> ::* Filters – filtered by Company, Person, Task or Department<br /> :4. Worklog View – displays logged hours based on filtered criteria<br /> ::* Date Range – displays by day, week or month<br /> ::* Filters – filtered by Company, Person, Task or Department<br /> :5. Project View – displays project timelines<br /> :6. Mileage Log – displays mileage<br /> '''Flex Screen Lookup'''<br /> :1. Tool Bar [[File:LookupToolbar.png]]<br /> ::* Text field - standard search<br /> ::* [[File:Filter.png]] = filter on selected search criteria<br /> ::* Select Record -- opens record selected/highlighted<br /> ::* [[File:ActiveRecords.png]] = active records (toggle to show both Active &amp; Inactive records)<br /> ::* [[File:AdvancedSearch.png]] = E-MC2 allows for advanced search (search on any portion of selected field)<br /> ::* [[File:RecordID.png]] = displays unique Record ID<br /> ::* [[File:SearchByCategory.png]] = search by category then by record by expanding category<br /> ::* [[File:Refresh.png]] = refreshes records displayed<br /> ::* [[File:Clear.png]] = closes Flex Screen Lookup without selecting record<br /> ::* [[File:Favorites.png]] = displays records you have added to your Favorites list <br /> ::* [[File:AddNewRecord.png]] = allows user to add the text in search field box as a new record in the database (must have rights to “add on fly”)<br /> ::* [[File:Ascending.png]] and [[File:Descending.png]] = toggles sort order between Ascending/Descending<br /> :2. Normal behavior<br /> ::* Settings<br /> ::** Default order of columns displayed<br /> ::* Expanding [[File:Expand.png]]<br /> ::* Sorting<br /> ::** Select Column to sort on<br /> ::** Ascending<br /> ::** Descending<br /> :3. Additional behavior<br /> :: [[File:RightClickColumnHeader.png|left]]<br /> :::::::::::::* Right-click on Column Header in a grid (vs. Record)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Sorting<br /> :::::::::::::::* Left-click Column Header Name to sort<br /> ::::::::::::::::* Ascending/descending Toggle [[File:Ascending.png]] or [[File:Descending.png]] <br /> ::::::::::::::* Scroll Set / Clear <br /> :::::::::::::::* Left to right scrolling of columns<br /> :::::::::::::::* Clears on close<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> :: [[File:RightClickRecord.png|left]]<br /> :::::::::::::* Right-click on Record in a grid (vs. Column Header) <br /> ::::::::::::::* Copy / Paste<br /> ::::::::::::::* Moves records in a grid (sets priority only for categorized items)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Favorites (Add/remove) – adds record to Favorites list and displays on default Lookup screen (user preference)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Colors – color code records in a grid (user preference)<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> :: [[File:RightClickTableProperties.png|left]]<br /> :::::::::::::* Right-click Table Properties [[File:Expand2.png]] or [[File:Expand.png]] <br /> ::::::::::::::* Show… (temporary; doesn’t save in layout) <br /> :::::::::::::::* IDs<br /> :::::::::::::::* Relationship Types<br /> :::::::::::::::* Priorities<br /> ::::::::::::::* Favorites Mode – displays only records added as a Favorite (*)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Show Row Lines – will show horizontal grid lines<br /> ::::::::::::::* Show Column Lines – will show vertical grid lines (user preference)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Save Layout (column order &amp; width; per user; does not change default lookup field)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Save Layout Filters<br /> ::::::::::::::* Default Layout – reset to default layout<br /> ::::::::::::::* Export to File<br /> ::::::::::::::* Graph<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> '''Relationships'''<br /> :'''Navigating and Understanding'''<br /> :* Links two records together<br /> :* Fields with lookups (FlexScreen Lookup) create links to related record<br /> :* Hover mouse to see number of related records [[File:RelatedRecordsHover.png]] <br /> :** The first number is the record currently displayed in the field and the second number is the total number of related records of the same type<br /> :** To add or remove relationships you must be in Edit mode.[[File:AddRemove.png]] <br /> :*** + allows for adding additional related records of the same type<br /> :*** - = removes relationship of displayed related record<br /> :** Double-clicking a related record moves user to that record information<br /> :** Note: IMPORTANT to never type over information; you will delete information or change that record in the database (there is no Undo)</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Basics&diff=651 2020-05-12T20:27:26Z

<p>Pmepham: </p> <hr /> <div>=Basics=<br /> === Flex Screen ===<br /> ==== Title Bar ====<br /> <br /> Displays the name of the screen you are on<br /> <br /> '''Menu Bar'''<br /> #First option is always Applications; provides access to standard screens<br /> #Menus will differ:<br /> #*On how Epiphany was configured for your organization,<br /> #*Individual user rights, and on<br /> #*What application or menu item you’re in<br /> #Shortcut Keys – Main Application (differs by Menu, but same concept). Example:<br /> #*Alt+A = Applications (continue to hold Alt and Press A again...)<br /> #*Alt+A (x2) = AR<br /> #*Alt+A (x3) = AP<br /> #*Alt+T = Tables<br /> #*Alt+I = Inventory<br /> #*Alt+G = General Ledger<br /> #*Alt+P = Payroll<br /> #*Alt+U = Utilities<br /> #*Alt+S = Setup<br /> #*Alt+R = Reports<br /> #*Alt+H = Help<br /> <br /> For Submenus – Use first letter of Menu Item; if multiples of same beginning<br /> letter, press that letter multiple times to move through the menu items beginning<br /> with that letter<br /> <br /> '''Toolbar'''– hover over icons to display a short description (or tooltip) of a button. Icons appear<br /> white when available and grayed out when not available.&lt;br&gt;<br /> 1. {{#far:arrow-circle-left}} '''Back''' goes back to previous screen&lt;br&gt;<br /> 2. {{#fas:chevron-circle-left}} {{#fas:angle-left}} {{#fas:angle-right}} {{#fas:chevron-circle-right}}navigation buttons; the outer arrows in a circle move to the first and last records of a table, the white inner arrows advance forward or backward one record&lt;br&gt;<br /> 3. [[File:AddDeleteEdit.png]]<br /> ::* {{#fas:fa-plus}} '''Add''' immediately addes a new record; complete fields otherwise there will be a blank record in the database<br /> :::*[[File:CancelEdit.png]] The Edit button changes to Cancel edit; this will remove the newly added record if it has not been saved yet<br /> ::*'''Delete''' allows a record to be removed or merged with an existing record<br /> [[File:DeleteRecordDialogBox.png|center]]<br /> :::* Click Yes to delete currently displayed record and merge with an existing record<br /> :::* Click No to delete the record without merging with another record<br /> ::::*Upon clicking Yes to merge with another record<br /> [[File:MergeDeletedRecordDialogBox.png|center]]<br /> ::::*Upon clicking Yes to merge with another record and selecting the record to merge with, confirm deletion and merge, then click Yes or No<br /> [[File:ConfirmMergeDeleteRecordsDialogBox.png|center]]<br /> ::::(Clicking No from this screen only deletes the record and does not merge the record with another record)<br /> ::::*Click no to delete the record without merging with another record<br /> ::::*Click Cancel to cancel the deletion<br /> ::*'''Edit''' allows a record to be changed.<br /> :::*[[File:CancelEdit.png]] The Edit button changes to Cancel edit and allows any changes to be canceled if the changes have not been saved already&lt;br&gt;<br /> 4. [[File:RefreshSearch.png]]<br /> ::*'''Refresh''' allows the record to be refreshed to see the most current view of the screen you are currently on. Generally used when someone is editing the record you are currently viewing.<br /> ::*'''Search''' allows for lookup of records<br /> 5. [[File:Toolbar.png]]<br /> ::*'''Print''' [[File:Print.png]] is active on screens that have a standard report defined. The standard print dialog box will appear.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Print Preview''' [[File:FilterPresets.png]] found to the right of the Print button; prints the report to screen first for review prior to printing.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Active Records''' [[File:ActiveRecords.png]] by default shows only active records... This is a toggle button and can toggle to show all records or only Active Records.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Filter''' [[File:Filter.png]] allows the records to be filtered by any standard field on the current screen.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Filter Presets''' [[File:FilterPresets.png]] to the right of the Filter icon allows the use of saved Filters or removes the current filter to display all records.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Capture Image''' [[File:CaptureImage.png]] allows for document scanning with an attached compatible scanner/capture device. Document is scanned, added to the Documents Table and a relationship is automatically created between the current record and the document scanned.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Attach File''' [[File:AttachFile.png]] allows for a file to be selected from a location on your computer (network drive, local drive, etc.) and attached to the current record. Again, the document is added to the Documents Table, a relationship is automatically created between the current record and the document/file attached. Note: this creates a copy of the file and does not remove the file from its original location.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Other Actions''' [[File:OtherActions.png]] allows access to several other actions available if definitions have been created.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Notifications''' [[File:Notifications.png]] When green, there are unviewed notifications for the user logged in (not specific to the current record on the screen). Notifications are generated by Document Flow Rules created in the system to notify users when a record has been added, changed, or a note added to a record related to the user.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Object Screen''' [[File:Object Screen.png]] shows each screen related to the object (screen) a user is currently viewing. This allows a user to quickly switch between related screens and only if user has access to the screen(s).&lt;br&gt;<br /> 6. [[File:SearchPin.png]]<br /> ::*'''Pin''' [[File:Pin.png]] allows a user to pin a screen without opening another instance of Epiphany. The pinned screen will stay open as you open/navigate to other screens. It will stay open until either the pinned screen is closed or the user exits Epiphany. <br /> ::*'''Search''' [[File:Search.png]] allows a user to do a global search. The Search Results returned indicate which tables the string of data appears.<br /> '''Relationships Bar''' - allows access to other records related to the current record on the screen. Item will be bold white when there are related items and grayed out when there are no related objects attached.&lt;br&gt;<br /> :: [[File:RelationshipsBar.png]]<br /> :: 1. '''Relationships'''- shows all records related to the current record displayed.<br /> :: 2. '''Notes''' - allows the capability to attach notes as well as view existing notes related to a record. <br /> :: 3. '''Documents''' - allows the capability to view all documents related to the current record. <br /> :: 4. '''Approvals''' - allows for reviewing and/or signing electronic documents. Used anytime an electronic signature needs to be captured.<br /> :: 5. '''Tasks''' - displays any active Tasks related to the selected record.<br /> :: 6. '''History''' - allows the user to view the history of changes made to the current record. <br /> :::* '''Database Change History Grid''' - displays the date/time stamp along with the user that performed any adds, changes and/or deletes to the records being viewed, the new value and the relationship type along with the Screen the action was performed from.<br /> :: 7. '''Help''' - provides a brief description of the screen, details and technical data of a specific field. The current screen name is displayed under the '''Screen''' section. Hovering over a field will display help information under the '''Detail''' section.<br /> '''Information Bar''' - contains information about your Epiphany session and the record currently displayed.<br /> :: [[File:InformationBar.JPG]]<br /> <br /> :: 1. '''Current User(1)''' - displays the name of the user currently logged into Epiphany.<br /> :: 2. '''Shortcuts(2)''' - toggles shortcuts (on and off) to commonly used screens.<br /> :: 3. '''Server or Computer Name (3)''' – displays the name of the server or the computer currently being used to access Epiphany<br /> :: 4. '''Record ID (4)''' – displays the internal unique ID of the record currently displayed<br /> :: 5. '''Record Count (5)''' – displays the number of records in the current Filter or Table of records<br /> :: 6. '''Unfiltered (6)''' – displays number of filtered records when a filter is in place (when filtered this will toggle to '''FILTERED SCREEN''') <br /> :: 7. '''No Reason (7)''' – allows for entering a reason changes are being made to a record and records the reason within its history records. Generally, no longer used as Notes are now used.<br /> :: 8. '''Notification (8)''' – displays current notifications in system for current user to take action on.<br /> :: 9. '''Widgets(9)''' - displays Widget control to create shortcuts to screens and widgets.<br /> :::*Shortcuts to screens are easily created<br /> ::::*Be on the screen you want to create a shortcut to<br /> ::::*Go into Widget mode<br /> ::::*Click [[File:AddShortcut.png]] <br /> ::::*Click Yes<br /> :: 10. '''Theme(10)''' - allows user to change the color scheme and landing screen.<br /> :: 11. '''Zoom(11)''' - allows the user to change the zoom percentage of Epiphany.<br /> :: 12. '''Database Name(12)''' - displays the name of the database you are currently accessing. If you have access to more than one Epiphany database, you can double-click this field to switch to another database.<br /> <br /> === Common Screens ===<br /> <br /> ==== Title Screen ==== - displays the Epiphany application with your Company Logo.&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''Person Screen''' - consists of all contacts in your database.<br /> :1. Tabs<br /> ::* Main – person demographics<br /> ::* Addresses – displays all addresses related to person record<br /> ::* Other – Additional information related to person record<br /> ::* Security – security credentials and level of access rights to Epiphany<br /> ::* Credit Card – stores credit card information for billing<br /> ::* Inv History – displays invoice history related to person record<br /> ::* AR History – displays AR history related to person record<br /> ::* AR Payments – displays AR payments related to person record<br /> ::* AP History – displays the AR invoices related to person record<br /> ::* Open Orders – displays open order in Epiphany related to person record<br /> ::* Class Entry – displays classes related to person record<br /> ::* Class History – displays history of classes attended<br /> ::* Activity – displays any activity logs related to person record<br /> ::* Acct Defaults – displays the default billing options related to person record<br /> ::* Security Basic – displays basic security to allow for password resets<br /> :2. Top Section (Main Tab)<br /> ::* Person’s first name, last name, middle initial<br /> ::* [[File:OutlookSync.png]]-- Turns on Outlook Sync to sync this record to your Outlook Contacts<br /> ::* Birthdate<br /> ::* Sex<br /> ::* Category – link to category(ies) for data filtering and categorizing<br /> ::* Fingerprint – register person’s fingerprints with compatible fingerprint device<br /> :::[[File:FingerprintRegistration.png]]<br /> ::* Active Flag – Active is the default when adding a new person; uncheck this box if person becomes inactive<br /> ::* Employee Flag – check this box if the person is an employee of your company<br /> :3. Contact Information(Main Tab)<br /> ::* Address information (Street, City, State and Zip)<br /> ::* Email Addresses and descriptions<br /> ::* Phone numbers and descriptions<br /> ::* Send – opens a new email and places the email addresses in the “To” field (requires compatible email client software)<br /> :4. Company Affiliations(Company/Position) - link related person to company and position<br /> :5. Family - link family members to related person record<br /> :6. Photo – insert photo image of person<br /> :7. Print Label – print an address label to compatible printer for selected person record<br /> :8. (Filtered) – prints address labels for all records when person screen is filtered<br /> :9. Contact Person – displays contact at that address<br /> '''Company Screen''' - consists of all companies in your database<br /> :1. Tabs<br /> ::* Main – company demographics<br /> ::* Addresses – displays all addresses for related company record<br /> ::* Dealer/Distributor – displays dealers and distributors related to company record<br /> ::* AR History – displays accounts receivable history for related company record<br /> ::* AP History – displays accounts payable history for related company record<br /> ::* Inv History – displays invoice history for related company record<br /> ::* Open Orders – displays open orders for related company record<br /> ::* Sales Opportunities – displays status of sales opportunities for related company record<br /> ::* Contracts – displays all contracts related to related company record<br /> ::* Authorizations – displays authorizations for licensing/subscriptions or other items to track for billing back to related company record<br /> ::* Tasks – displays any tasks in the system related to related company record<br /> ::* Activity – displays all contact activity received for related company record<br /> ::* Customer Assets – tracks assets sold to customer<br /> ::* Acct Defaults – displays default billing information and expense account for related company record<br /> ::* Credit Card -- stores credit card information for billing<br /> ::* Affiliations – tracks parent companies and subsidiary companies<br /> :2. Top Section(Main Tab)<br /> ::* Create Order (Inventory Orders) – shortcut to create a new order (auto-fills Ordered By and Ship To information, if stored in selected company record)<br /> ::* Create PO (Customer Purchase Orders) – shortcut to create a new purchase order (auto-fills Order From and Ship To information, if stored in selected company record)<br /> ::* Sort Name vs. Company Name – Sort Name auto-fills when Company Name field is entered; can be edited to sort differently for searching records<br /> ::* Category – link pertinent categories to related company record<br /> ::* Vend# – displays vendor number assigned to related company record<br /> ::* Cust# – displays customer number assigned to related company record<br /> ::* EIN – displays Employee Identification Number or Federal Tax ID number to related company record<br /> :3. Company Information (Main Tab) – displays address related to company record <br /> :4. Contacts (Main Tab) – displays contacts related to company record<br /> :5. Logo (Main Tab) – import company’s logo<br /> :6. Bottom Section (Main Tab)<br /> ::* Internal contacts managing, services, etc. the related company record<br /> ::* Num Employees – for recording employee size of related company record<br /> ::* Annual Revenue – for recording annual revenue of related company record<br /> :7. Comment (Main Tab) – displays any comments pertinent to related company record that would not be entered as a note<br /> :8. Acct Password – displays password associated with related company record<br /> :9. Print Label (Main Tab) – print an address label to compatible printer<br /> :10. Filtered (Main Tab) – prints address labels for all records when company records are filtered<br /> :11. Notes (Main Tab) – add public or private notes and comments to related record<br /> '''Addresses Expanded Screen''' - consists of all the addresses in the system<br /> :1. Top Section<br /> ::* Address Line 1 – first line of an address<br /> ::* Address Line 2 – second line of an address<br /> ::* City, ST ZIP – City, State (abbreviated), and Zip code (allows for +4 and foreign)<br /> ::* County – County city is located<br /> ::* Country – default is USA<br /> ::* Map – provide a URL to a map if desired<br /> ::* Address Desc – description of address if needed (i.e. Warehouse vs. Office)<br /> ::* Latitude – when an address does not yet exist<br /> ::* Longitude – used when an address not yet exist<br /> ::* Phone Number &amp; Phone Desc – displays phone for that address (used when multiple addresses are used that have different phone numbers for each location)<br /> ::* AP Location – used for accounts payable invoices/purchase orders<br /> ::* Do not subscribe – opt-out of receiving certain information<br /> ::* Special Info – special notes specific to this address<br /> ::* Add Task Button – creates a new task<br /> ::* Create Contract Button – creates a new contract<br /> ::* Task History – displays the task history<br /> ::* Contact Company – displays company for this specific address record (i.e. rental or leased property)<br /> ::* Contact Person – displays contact at that address<br /> ::* Owning Company – displays company that owns property at that address<br /> ::* Owning Person – displays contact name of owning company<br /> ::* Sales Tax Key – displays sales tax key to use for this address<br /> ::* Contract – displays any contracts related to the address<br /> ::* Zone Information – displays zone information related to the address<br /> ::* Notes – add public or private notes and comments to related address<br /> '''Tasks Screen''' - consists of all tasks in the system.<br /> :1. Task View<br /> ::* Active – displays Active tasks only<br /> ::* Completed – displays completed tasks<br /> ::* Cancelled – displays cancelled tasks<br /> ::* Projects – displays all project tasks in system<br /> ::* Hide Tasks with Uncompleted Prerequisites<br /> ::* Show Future Tasks – displays tasks with due date in the future<br /> ::* Go To Task# - enter specific task number into text box to open and display a specific task<br /> ::* Print – prints tasks displayed on screen in a report format<br /> ::* Graph – visual graphic of new tasks vs. closed tasks<br /> ::* Filtered – displays graph based on filtered criteria<br /> ::* Assigned To – displays tasks assigned to criteria selected below<br /> ::* Requested By – displays tasks by person requesting task<br /> ::* Coordinator – displays tasks by Task Coordinator<br /> ::* Task Filter – displays data for a specific task<br /> ::* Category – displays tasks by related category<br /> ::* Task Type – displays tasks by related task type<br /> ::* Person – displays tasks by specific person<br /> ::* Department – displays tasks by department<br /> ::* Company – displays tasks by specific company<br /> ::* Show Mine – displays tasks for user currently logged in<br /> ::* Show All – shows all tasks for your company<br /> ::* New Task – allows for entry of a new task<br /> ::* Sorting – click on column header(s) to sort in ascending or descending order<br /> ::* Expand [[File:Expand.png]] – show more records/data<br /> :2. Activity View – displays all recorded activity for your organization and allows for easy creation of new activity records<br /> :3. Appointment View – displays appointments scheduled<br /> ::* Date range –display by day, week or month<br /> ::* Filters – filtered by Company, Person, Task or Department<br /> :4. Worklog View – displays logged hours based on filtered criteria<br /> ::* Date Range – displays by day, week or month<br /> ::* Filters – filtered by Company, Person, Task or Department<br /> :5. Project View – displays project timelines<br /> :6. Mileage Log – displays mileage<br /> '''Flex Screen Lookup'''<br /> :1. Tool Bar [[File:LookupToolbar.png]]<br /> ::* Text field - standard search<br /> ::* [[File:Filter.png]] = filter on selected search criteria<br /> ::* Select Record -- opens record selected/highlighted<br /> ::* [[File:ActiveRecords.png]] = active records (toggle to show both Active &amp; Inactive records)<br /> ::* [[File:AdvancedSearch.png]] = E-MC2 allows for advanced search (search on any portion of selected field)<br /> ::* [[File:RecordID.png]] = displays unique Record ID<br /> ::* [[File:SearchByCategory.png]] = search by category then by record by expanding category<br /> ::* [[File:Refresh.png]] = refreshes records displayed<br /> ::* [[File:Clear.png]] = closes Flex Screen Lookup without selecting record<br /> ::* [[File:Favorites.png]] = displays records you have added to your Favorites list <br /> ::* [[File:AddNewRecord.png]] = allows user to add the text in search field box as a new record in the database (must have rights to “add on fly”)<br /> ::* [[File:Ascending.png]] and [[File:Descending.png]] = toggles sort order between Ascending/Descending<br /> :2. Normal behavior<br /> ::* Settings<br /> ::** Default order of columns displayed<br /> ::* Expanding [[File:Expand.png]]<br /> ::* Sorting<br /> ::** Select Column to sort on<br /> ::** Ascending<br /> ::** Descending<br /> :3. Additional behavior<br /> :: [[File:RightClickColumnHeader.png|left]]<br /> :::::::::::::* Right-click on Column Header in a grid (vs. Record)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Sorting<br /> :::::::::::::::* Left-click Column Header Name to sort<br /> ::::::::::::::::* Ascending/descending Toggle [[File:Ascending.png]] or [[File:Descending.png]] <br /> ::::::::::::::* Scroll Set / Clear <br /> :::::::::::::::* Left to right scrolling of columns<br /> :::::::::::::::* Clears on close<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> :: [[File:RightClickRecord.png|left]]<br /> :::::::::::::* Right-click on Record in a grid (vs. Column Header) <br /> ::::::::::::::* Copy / Paste<br /> ::::::::::::::* Moves records in a grid (sets priority only for categorized items)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Favorites (Add/remove) – adds record to Favorites list and displays on default Lookup screen (user preference)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Colors – color code records in a grid (user preference)<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> :: [[File:RightClickTableProperties.png|left]]<br /> :::::::::::::* Right-click Table Properties [[File:Expand2.png]] or [[File:Expand.png]] <br /> ::::::::::::::* Show… (temporary; doesn’t save in layout) <br /> :::::::::::::::* IDs<br /> :::::::::::::::* Relationship Types<br /> :::::::::::::::* Priorities<br /> ::::::::::::::* Favorites Mode – displays only records added as a Favorite (*)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Show Row Lines – will show horizontal grid lines<br /> ::::::::::::::* Show Column Lines – will show vertical grid lines (user preference)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Save Layout (column order &amp; width; per user; does not change default lookup field)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Save Layout Filters<br /> ::::::::::::::* Default Layout – reset to default layout<br /> ::::::::::::::* Export to File<br /> ::::::::::::::* Graph<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> '''Relationships'''<br /> :'''Navigating and Understanding'''<br /> :* Links two records together<br /> :* Fields with lookups (FlexScreen Lookup) create links to related record<br /> :* Hover mouse to see number of related records [[File:RelatedRecordsHover.png]] <br /> :** The first number is the record currently displayed in the field and the second number is the total number of related records of the same type<br /> :** To add or remove relationships you must be in Edit mode.[[File:AddRemove.png]] <br /> :*** + allows for adding additional related records of the same type<br /> :*** - = removes relationship of displayed related record<br /> :** Double-clicking a related record moves user to that record information<br /> :** Note: IMPORTANT to never type over information; you will delete information or change that record in the database (there is no Undo)</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Basics&diff=650 2020-05-12T18:52:08Z

<p>Pmepham: </p> <hr /> <div>=Basics=<br /> === Flex Screen ===<br /> ==== Title Bar ==== – Displays the name of the screen you are on<br /> <br /> '''Menu Bar'''<br /> #First option is always Applications; provides access to standard screens<br /> #Menus will differ:<br /> #*On how Epiphany was configured for your organization,<br /> #*Individual user rights, and on<br /> #*What application or menu item you’re in<br /> #Shortcut Keys – Main Application (differs by Menu, but same concept). Example:<br /> #*Alt+A = Applications (continue to hold Alt and Press A again...)<br /> #*Alt+A (x2) = AR<br /> #*Alt+A (x3) = AP<br /> #*Alt+T = Tables<br /> #*Alt+I = Inventory<br /> #*Alt+G = General Ledger<br /> #*Alt+P = Payroll<br /> #*Alt+U = Utilities<br /> #*Alt+S = Setup<br /> #*Alt+R = Reports<br /> #*Alt+H = Help<br /> <br /> For Submenus – Use first letter of Menu Item; if multiples of same beginning<br /> letter, press that letter multiple times to move through the menu items beginning<br /> with that letter<br /> <br /> '''Toolbar'''– hover over icons to display a short description (or tooltip) of a button. Icons appear<br /> white when available and grayed out when not available.&lt;br&gt;<br /> 1. {{#far:arrow-circle-left}} '''Back''' goes back to previous screen&lt;br&gt;<br /> 2. {{#fas:chevron-circle-left}} {{#fas:angle-left}} {{#fas:angle-right}} {{#fas:chevron-circle-right}}navigation buttons; the outer arrows in a circle move to the first and last records of a table, the white inner arrows advance forward or backward one record&lt;br&gt;<br /> 3. [[File:AddDeleteEdit.png]]<br /> ::* {{#fas:fa-plus}} '''Add''' immediately addes a new record; complete fields otherwise there will be a blank record in the database<br /> :::*[[File:CancelEdit.png]] The Edit button changes to Cancel edit; this will remove the newly added record if it has not been saved yet<br /> ::*'''Delete''' allows a record to be removed or merged with an existing record<br /> [[File:DeleteRecordDialogBox.png|center]]<br /> :::* Click Yes to delete currently displayed record and merge with an existing record<br /> :::* Click No to delete the record without merging with another record<br /> ::::*Upon clicking Yes to merge with another record<br /> [[File:MergeDeletedRecordDialogBox.png|center]]<br /> ::::*Upon clicking Yes to merge with another record and selecting the record to merge with, confirm deletion and merge, then click Yes or No<br /> [[File:ConfirmMergeDeleteRecordsDialogBox.png|center]]<br /> ::::(Clicking No from this screen only deletes the record and does not merge the record with another record)<br /> ::::*Click no to delete the record without merging with another record<br /> ::::*Click Cancel to cancel the deletion<br /> ::*'''Edit''' allows a record to be changed.<br /> :::*[[File:CancelEdit.png]] The Edit button changes to Cancel edit and allows any changes to be canceled if the changes have not been saved already&lt;br&gt;<br /> 4. [[File:RefreshSearch.png]]<br /> ::*'''Refresh''' allows the record to be refreshed to see the most current view of the screen you are currently on. Generally used when someone is editing the record you are currently viewing.<br /> ::*'''Search''' allows for lookup of records<br /> 5. [[File:Toolbar.png]]<br /> ::*'''Print''' [[File:Print.png]] is active on screens that have a standard report defined. The standard print dialog box will appear.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Print Preview''' [[File:FilterPresets.png]] found to the right of the Print button; prints the report to screen first for review prior to printing.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Active Records''' [[File:ActiveRecords.png]] by default shows only active records... This is a toggle button and can toggle to show all records or only Active Records.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Filter''' [[File:Filter.png]] allows the records to be filtered by any standard field on the current screen.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Filter Presets''' [[File:FilterPresets.png]] to the right of the Filter icon allows the use of saved Filters or removes the current filter to display all records.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Capture Image''' [[File:CaptureImage.png]] allows for document scanning with an attached compatible scanner/capture device. Document is scanned, added to the Documents Table and a relationship is automatically created between the current record and the document scanned.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Attach File''' [[File:AttachFile.png]] allows for a file to be selected from a location on your computer (network drive, local drive, etc.) and attached to the current record. Again, the document is added to the Documents Table, a relationship is automatically created between the current record and the document/file attached. Note: this creates a copy of the file and does not remove the file from its original location.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Other Actions''' [[File:OtherActions.png]] allows access to several other actions available if definitions have been created.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Notifications''' [[File:Notifications.png]] When green, there are unviewed notifications for the user logged in (not specific to the current record on the screen). Notifications are generated by Document Flow Rules created in the system to notify users when a record has been added, changed, or a note added to a record related to the user.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Object Screen''' [[File:Object Screen.png]] shows each screen related to the object (screen) a user is currently viewing. This allows a user to quickly switch between related screens and only if user has access to the screen(s).&lt;br&gt;<br /> 6. [[File:SearchPin.png]]<br /> ::*'''Pin''' [[File:Pin.png]] allows a user to pin a screen without opening another instance of Epiphany. The pinned screen will stay open as you open/navigate to other screens. It will stay open until either the pinned screen is closed or the user exits Epiphany. <br /> ::*'''Search''' [[File:Search.png]] allows a user to do a global search. The Search Results returned indicate which tables the string of data appears.<br /> '''Relationships Bar''' - allows access to other records related to the current record on the screen. Item will be bold white when there are related items and grayed out when there are no related objects attached.&lt;br&gt;<br /> :: [[File:RelationshipsBar.png]]<br /> :: 1. '''Relationships'''- shows all records related to the current record displayed.<br /> :: 2. '''Notes''' - allows the capability to attach notes as well as view existing notes related to a record. <br /> :: 3. '''Documents''' - allows the capability to view all documents related to the current record. <br /> :: 4. '''Approvals''' - allows for reviewing and/or signing electronic documents. Used anytime an electronic signature needs to be captured.<br /> :: 5. '''Tasks''' - displays any active Tasks related to the selected record.<br /> :: 6. '''History''' - allows the user to view the history of changes made to the current record. <br /> :::* '''Database Change History Grid''' - displays the date/time stamp along with the user that performed any adds, changes and/or deletes to the records being viewed, the new value and the relationship type along with the Screen the action was performed from.<br /> :: 7. '''Help''' - provides a brief description of the screen, details and technical data of a specific field. The current screen name is displayed under the '''Screen''' section. Hovering over a field will display help information under the '''Detail''' section.<br /> '''Information Bar''' - contains information about your Epiphany session and the record currently displayed.<br /> :: [[File:InformationBar.JPG]]<br /> <br /> :: 1. '''Current User(1)''' - displays the name of the user currently logged into Epiphany.<br /> :: 2. '''Shortcuts(2)''' - toggles shortcuts (on and off) to commonly used screens.<br /> :: 3. '''Server or Computer Name (3)''' – displays the name of the server or the computer currently being used to access Epiphany<br /> :: 4. '''Record ID (4)''' – displays the internal unique ID of the record currently displayed<br /> :: 5. '''Record Count (5)''' – displays the number of records in the current Filter or Table of records<br /> :: 6. '''Unfiltered (6)''' – displays number of filtered records when a filter is in place (when filtered this will toggle to '''FILTERED SCREEN''') <br /> :: 7. '''No Reason (7)''' – allows for entering a reason changes are being made to a record and records the reason within its history records. Generally, no longer used as Notes are now used.<br /> :: 8. '''Notification (8)''' – displays current notifications in system for current user to take action on.<br /> :: 9. '''Widgets(9)''' - displays Widget control to create shortcuts to screens and widgets.<br /> :::*Shortcuts to screens are easily created<br /> ::::*Be on the screen you want to create a shortcut to<br /> ::::*Go into Widget mode<br /> ::::*Click [[File:AddShortcut.png]] <br /> ::::*Click Yes<br /> :: 10. '''Theme(10)''' - allows user to change the color scheme and landing screen.<br /> :: 11. '''Zoom(11)''' - allows the user to change the zoom percentage of Epiphany.<br /> :: 12. '''Database Name(12)''' - displays the name of the database you are currently accessing. If you have access to more than one Epiphany database, you can double-click this field to switch to another database.<br /> <br /> === Common Screens ===<br /> <br /> ==== Title Screen ==== - displays the Epiphany application with your Company Logo.&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''Person Screen''' - consists of all contacts in your database.<br /> :1. Tabs<br /> ::* Main – person demographics<br /> ::* Addresses – displays all addresses related to person record<br /> ::* Other – Additional information related to person record<br /> ::* Security – security credentials and level of access rights to Epiphany<br /> ::* Credit Card – stores credit card information for billing<br /> ::* Inv History – displays invoice history related to person record<br /> ::* AR History – displays AR history related to person record<br /> ::* AR Payments – displays AR payments related to person record<br /> ::* AP History – displays the AR invoices related to person record<br /> ::* Open Orders – displays open order in Epiphany related to person record<br /> ::* Class Entry – displays classes related to person record<br /> ::* Class History – displays history of classes attended<br /> ::* Activity – displays any activity logs related to person record<br /> ::* Acct Defaults – displays the default billing options related to person record<br /> ::* Security Basic – displays basic security to allow for password resets<br /> :2. Top Section (Main Tab)<br /> ::* Person’s first name, last name, middle initial<br /> ::* [[File:OutlookSync.png]]-- Turns on Outlook Sync to sync this record to your Outlook Contacts<br /> ::* Birthdate<br /> ::* Sex<br /> ::* Category – link to category(ies) for data filtering and categorizing<br /> ::* Fingerprint – register person’s fingerprints with compatible fingerprint device<br /> :::[[File:FingerprintRegistration.png]]<br /> ::* Active Flag – Active is the default when adding a new person; uncheck this box if person becomes inactive<br /> ::* Employee Flag – check this box if the person is an employee of your company<br /> :3. Contact Information(Main Tab)<br /> ::* Address information (Street, City, State and Zip)<br /> ::* Email Addresses and descriptions<br /> ::* Phone numbers and descriptions<br /> ::* Send – opens a new email and places the email addresses in the “To” field (requires compatible email client software)<br /> :4. Company Affiliations(Company/Position) - link related person to company and position<br /> :5. Family - link family members to related person record<br /> :6. Photo – insert photo image of person<br /> :7. Print Label – print an address label to compatible printer for selected person record<br /> :8. (Filtered) – prints address labels for all records when person screen is filtered<br /> :9. Contact Person – displays contact at that address<br /> '''Company Screen''' - consists of all companies in your database<br /> :1. Tabs<br /> ::* Main – company demographics<br /> ::* Addresses – displays all addresses for related company record<br /> ::* Dealer/Distributor – displays dealers and distributors related to company record<br /> ::* AR History – displays accounts receivable history for related company record<br /> ::* AP History – displays accounts payable history for related company record<br /> ::* Inv History – displays invoice history for related company record<br /> ::* Open Orders – displays open orders for related company record<br /> ::* Sales Opportunities – displays status of sales opportunities for related company record<br /> ::* Contracts – displays all contracts related to related company record<br /> ::* Authorizations – displays authorizations for licensing/subscriptions or other items to track for billing back to related company record<br /> ::* Tasks – displays any tasks in the system related to related company record<br /> ::* Activity – displays all contact activity received for related company record<br /> ::* Customer Assets – tracks assets sold to customer<br /> ::* Acct Defaults – displays default billing information and expense account for related company record<br /> ::* Credit Card -- stores credit card information for billing<br /> ::* Affiliations – tracks parent companies and subsidiary companies<br /> :2. Top Section(Main Tab)<br /> ::* Create Order (Inventory Orders) – shortcut to create a new order (auto-fills Ordered By and Ship To information, if stored in selected company record)<br /> ::* Create PO (Customer Purchase Orders) – shortcut to create a new purchase order (auto-fills Order From and Ship To information, if stored in selected company record)<br /> ::* Sort Name vs. Company Name – Sort Name auto-fills when Company Name field is entered; can be edited to sort differently for searching records<br /> ::* Category – link pertinent categories to related company record<br /> ::* Vend# – displays vendor number assigned to related company record<br /> ::* Cust# – displays customer number assigned to related company record<br /> ::* EIN – displays Employee Identification Number or Federal Tax ID number to related company record<br /> :3. Company Information (Main Tab) – displays address related to company record <br /> :4. Contacts (Main Tab) – displays contacts related to company record<br /> :5. Logo (Main Tab) – import company’s logo<br /> :6. Bottom Section (Main Tab)<br /> ::* Internal contacts managing, services, etc. the related company record<br /> ::* Num Employees – for recording employee size of related company record<br /> ::* Annual Revenue – for recording annual revenue of related company record<br /> :7. Comment (Main Tab) – displays any comments pertinent to related company record that would not be entered as a note<br /> :8. Acct Password – displays password associated with related company record<br /> :9. Print Label (Main Tab) – print an address label to compatible printer<br /> :10. Filtered (Main Tab) – prints address labels for all records when company records are filtered<br /> :11. Notes (Main Tab) – add public or private notes and comments to related record<br /> '''Addresses Expanded Screen''' - consists of all the addresses in the system<br /> :1. Top Section<br /> ::* Address Line 1 – first line of an address<br /> ::* Address Line 2 – second line of an address<br /> ::* City, ST ZIP – City, State (abbreviated), and Zip code (allows for +4 and foreign)<br /> ::* County – County city is located<br /> ::* Country – default is USA<br /> ::* Map – provide a URL to a map if desired<br /> ::* Address Desc – description of address if needed (i.e. Warehouse vs. Office)<br /> ::* Latitude – when an address does not yet exist<br /> ::* Longitude – used when an address not yet exist<br /> ::* Phone Number &amp; Phone Desc – displays phone for that address (used when multiple addresses are used that have different phone numbers for each location)<br /> ::* AP Location – used for accounts payable invoices/purchase orders<br /> ::* Do not subscribe – opt-out of receiving certain information<br /> ::* Special Info – special notes specific to this address<br /> ::* Add Task Button – creates a new task<br /> ::* Create Contract Button – creates a new contract<br /> ::* Task History – displays the task history<br /> ::* Contact Company – displays company for this specific address record (i.e. rental or leased property)<br /> ::* Contact Person – displays contact at that address<br /> ::* Owning Company – displays company that owns property at that address<br /> ::* Owning Person – displays contact name of owning company<br /> ::* Sales Tax Key – displays sales tax key to use for this address<br /> ::* Contract – displays any contracts related to the address<br /> ::* Zone Information – displays zone information related to the address<br /> ::* Notes – add public or private notes and comments to related address<br /> '''Tasks Screen''' - consists of all tasks in the system.<br /> :1. Task View<br /> ::* Active – displays Active tasks only<br /> ::* Completed – displays completed tasks<br /> ::* Cancelled – displays cancelled tasks<br /> ::* Projects – displays all project tasks in system<br /> ::* Hide Tasks with Uncompleted Prerequisites<br /> ::* Show Future Tasks – displays tasks with due date in the future<br /> ::* Go To Task# - enter specific task number into text box to open and display a specific task<br /> ::* Print – prints tasks displayed on screen in a report format<br /> ::* Graph – visual graphic of new tasks vs. closed tasks<br /> ::* Filtered – displays graph based on filtered criteria<br /> ::* Assigned To – displays tasks assigned to criteria selected below<br /> ::* Requested By – displays tasks by person requesting task<br /> ::* Coordinator – displays tasks by Task Coordinator<br /> ::* Task Filter – displays data for a specific task<br /> ::* Category – displays tasks by related category<br /> ::* Task Type – displays tasks by related task type<br /> ::* Person – displays tasks by specific person<br /> ::* Department – displays tasks by department<br /> ::* Company – displays tasks by specific company<br /> ::* Show Mine – displays tasks for user currently logged in<br /> ::* Show All – shows all tasks for your company<br /> ::* New Task – allows for entry of a new task<br /> ::* Sorting – click on column header(s) to sort in ascending or descending order<br /> ::* Expand [[File:Expand.png]] – show more records/data<br /> :2. Activity View – displays all recorded activity for your organization and allows for easy creation of new activity records<br /> :3. Appointment View – displays appointments scheduled<br /> ::* Date range –display by day, week or month<br /> ::* Filters – filtered by Company, Person, Task or Department<br /> :4. Worklog View – displays logged hours based on filtered criteria<br /> ::* Date Range – displays by day, week or month<br /> ::* Filters – filtered by Company, Person, Task or Department<br /> :5. Project View – displays project timelines<br /> :6. Mileage Log – displays mileage<br /> '''Flex Screen Lookup'''<br /> :1. Tool Bar [[File:LookupToolbar.png]]<br /> ::* Text field - standard search<br /> ::* [[File:Filter.png]] = filter on selected search criteria<br /> ::* Select Record -- opens record selected/highlighted<br /> ::* [[File:ActiveRecords.png]] = active records (toggle to show both Active &amp; Inactive records)<br /> ::* [[File:AdvancedSearch.png]] = E-MC2 allows for advanced search (search on any portion of selected field)<br /> ::* [[File:RecordID.png]] = displays unique Record ID<br /> ::* [[File:SearchByCategory.png]] = search by category then by record by expanding category<br /> ::* [[File:Refresh.png]] = refreshes records displayed<br /> ::* [[File:Clear.png]] = closes Flex Screen Lookup without selecting record<br /> ::* [[File:Favorites.png]] = displays records you have added to your Favorites list <br /> ::* [[File:AddNewRecord.png]] = allows user to add the text in search field box as a new record in the database (must have rights to “add on fly”)<br /> ::* [[File:Ascending.png]] and [[File:Descending.png]] = toggles sort order between Ascending/Descending<br /> :2. Normal behavior<br /> ::* Settings<br /> ::** Default order of columns displayed<br /> ::* Expanding [[File:Expand.png]]<br /> ::* Sorting<br /> ::** Select Column to sort on<br /> ::** Ascending<br /> ::** Descending<br /> :3. Additional behavior<br /> :: [[File:RightClickColumnHeader.png|left]]<br /> :::::::::::::* Right-click on Column Header in a grid (vs. Record)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Sorting<br /> :::::::::::::::* Left-click Column Header Name to sort<br /> ::::::::::::::::* Ascending/descending Toggle [[File:Ascending.png]] or [[File:Descending.png]] <br /> ::::::::::::::* Scroll Set / Clear <br /> :::::::::::::::* Left to right scrolling of columns<br /> :::::::::::::::* Clears on close<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> :: [[File:RightClickRecord.png|left]]<br /> :::::::::::::* Right-click on Record in a grid (vs. Column Header) <br /> ::::::::::::::* Copy / Paste<br /> ::::::::::::::* Moves records in a grid (sets priority only for categorized items)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Favorites (Add/remove) – adds record to Favorites list and displays on default Lookup screen (user preference)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Colors – color code records in a grid (user preference)<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> :: [[File:RightClickTableProperties.png|left]]<br /> :::::::::::::* Right-click Table Properties [[File:Expand2.png]] or [[File:Expand.png]] <br /> ::::::::::::::* Show… (temporary; doesn’t save in layout) <br /> :::::::::::::::* IDs<br /> :::::::::::::::* Relationship Types<br /> :::::::::::::::* Priorities<br /> ::::::::::::::* Favorites Mode – displays only records added as a Favorite (*)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Show Row Lines – will show horizontal grid lines<br /> ::::::::::::::* Show Column Lines – will show vertical grid lines (user preference)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Save Layout (column order &amp; width; per user; does not change default lookup field)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Save Layout Filters<br /> ::::::::::::::* Default Layout – reset to default layout<br /> ::::::::::::::* Export to File<br /> ::::::::::::::* Graph<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> '''Relationships'''<br /> :'''Navigating and Understanding'''<br /> :* Links two records together<br /> :* Fields with lookups (FlexScreen Lookup) create links to related record<br /> :* Hover mouse to see number of related records [[File:RelatedRecordsHover.png]] <br /> :** The first number is the record currently displayed in the field and the second number is the total number of related records of the same type<br /> :** To add or remove relationships you must be in Edit mode.[[File:AddRemove.png]] <br /> :*** + allows for adding additional related records of the same type<br /> :*** - = removes relationship of displayed related record<br /> :** Double-clicking a related record moves user to that record information<br /> :** Note: IMPORTANT to never type over information; you will delete information or change that record in the database (there is no Undo)</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Basics&diff=649 2020-05-12T18:50:08Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Common Screens */</p> <hr /> <div>=Basics=<br /> === Flex Screen ===<br /> '''Title Bar''' – Displays the name of the screen you are on<br /> <br /> '''Menu Bar'''<br /> <br /> #First option is always Applications; provides access to standard screens<br /> #Menus will differ:<br /> #*On how Epiphany was configured for your organization,<br /> #*Individual user rights, and on<br /> #*What application or menu item you’re in<br /> #Shortcut Keys – Main Application (differs by Menu, but same concept). Example:<br /> #*Alt+A = Applications (continue to hold Alt and Press A again...)<br /> #*Alt+A (x2) = AR<br /> #*Alt+A (x3) = AP<br /> #*Alt+T = Tables<br /> #*Alt+I = Inventory<br /> #*Alt+G = General Ledger<br /> #*Alt+P = Payroll<br /> #*Alt+U = Utilities<br /> #*Alt+S = Setup<br /> #*Alt+R = Reports<br /> #*Alt+H = Help<br /> <br /> For Submenus – Use first letter of Menu Item; if multiples of same beginning<br /> letter, press that letter multiple times to move through the menu items beginning<br /> with that letter<br /> <br /> '''Toolbar'''– hover over icons to display a short description (or tooltip) of a button. Icons appear<br /> white when available and grayed out when not available.&lt;br&gt;<br /> 1. {{#far:arrow-circle-left}} '''Back''' goes back to previous screen&lt;br&gt;<br /> 2. {{#fas:chevron-circle-left}} {{#fas:angle-left}} {{#fas:angle-right}} {{#fas:chevron-circle-right}}navigation buttons; the outer arrows in a circle move to the first and last records of a table, the white inner arrows advance forward or backward one record&lt;br&gt;<br /> 3. [[File:AddDeleteEdit.png]]<br /> ::* {{#fas:fa-plus}} '''Add''' immediately addes a new record; complete fields otherwise there will be a blank record in the database<br /> :::*[[File:CancelEdit.png]] The Edit button changes to Cancel edit; this will remove the newly added record if it has not been saved yet<br /> ::*'''Delete''' allows a record to be removed or merged with an existing record<br /> [[File:DeleteRecordDialogBox.png|center]]<br /> :::* Click Yes to delete currently displayed record and merge with an existing record<br /> :::* Click No to delete the record without merging with another record<br /> ::::*Upon clicking Yes to merge with another record<br /> [[File:MergeDeletedRecordDialogBox.png|center]]<br /> ::::*Upon clicking Yes to merge with another record and selecting the record to merge with, confirm deletion and merge, then click Yes or No<br /> [[File:ConfirmMergeDeleteRecordsDialogBox.png|center]]<br /> ::::(Clicking No from this screen only deletes the record and does not merge the record with another record)<br /> ::::*Click no to delete the record without merging with another record<br /> ::::*Click Cancel to cancel the deletion<br /> ::*'''Edit''' allows a record to be changed.<br /> :::*[[File:CancelEdit.png]] The Edit button changes to Cancel edit and allows any changes to be canceled if the changes have not been saved already&lt;br&gt;<br /> 4. [[File:RefreshSearch.png]]<br /> ::*'''Refresh''' allows the record to be refreshed to see the most current view of the screen you are currently on. Generally used when someone is editing the record you are currently viewing.<br /> ::*'''Search''' allows for lookup of records<br /> 5. [[File:Toolbar.png]]<br /> ::*'''Print''' [[File:Print.png]] is active on screens that have a standard report defined. The standard print dialog box will appear.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Print Preview''' [[File:FilterPresets.png]] found to the right of the Print button; prints the report to screen first for review prior to printing.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Active Records''' [[File:ActiveRecords.png]] by default shows only active records... This is a toggle button and can toggle to show all records or only Active Records.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Filter''' [[File:Filter.png]] allows the records to be filtered by any standard field on the current screen.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Filter Presets''' [[File:FilterPresets.png]] to the right of the Filter icon allows the use of saved Filters or removes the current filter to display all records.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Capture Image''' [[File:CaptureImage.png]] allows for document scanning with an attached compatible scanner/capture device. Document is scanned, added to the Documents Table and a relationship is automatically created between the current record and the document scanned.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Attach File''' [[File:AttachFile.png]] allows for a file to be selected from a location on your computer (network drive, local drive, etc.) and attached to the current record. Again, the document is added to the Documents Table, a relationship is automatically created between the current record and the document/file attached. Note: this creates a copy of the file and does not remove the file from its original location.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Other Actions''' [[File:OtherActions.png]] allows access to several other actions available if definitions have been created.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Notifications''' [[File:Notifications.png]] When green, there are unviewed notifications for the user logged in (not specific to the current record on the screen). Notifications are generated by Document Flow Rules created in the system to notify users when a record has been added, changed, or a note added to a record related to the user.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Object Screen''' [[File:Object Screen.png]] shows each screen related to the object (screen) a user is currently viewing. This allows a user to quickly switch between related screens and only if user has access to the screen(s).&lt;br&gt;<br /> 6. [[File:SearchPin.png]]<br /> ::*'''Pin''' [[File:Pin.png]] allows a user to pin a screen without opening another instance of Epiphany. The pinned screen will stay open as you open/navigate to other screens. It will stay open until either the pinned screen is closed or the user exits Epiphany. <br /> ::*'''Search''' [[File:Search.png]] allows a user to do a global search. The Search Results returned indicate which tables the string of data appears.<br /> '''Relationships Bar''' - allows access to other records related to the current record on the screen. Item will be bold white when there are related items and grayed out when there are no related objects attached.&lt;br&gt;<br /> :: [[File:RelationshipsBar.png]]<br /> :: 1. '''Relationships'''- shows all records related to the current record displayed.<br /> :: 2. '''Notes''' - allows the capability to attach notes as well as view existing notes related to a record. <br /> :: 3. '''Documents''' - allows the capability to view all documents related to the current record. <br /> :: 4. '''Approvals''' - allows for reviewing and/or signing electronic documents. Used anytime an electronic signature needs to be captured.<br /> :: 5. '''Tasks''' - displays any active Tasks related to the selected record.<br /> :: 6. '''History''' - allows the user to view the history of changes made to the current record. <br /> :::* '''Database Change History Grid''' - displays the date/time stamp along with the user that performed any adds, changes and/or deletes to the records being viewed, the new value and the relationship type along with the Screen the action was performed from.<br /> :: 7. '''Help''' - provides a brief description of the screen, details and technical data of a specific field. The current screen name is displayed under the '''Screen''' section. Hovering over a field will display help information under the '''Detail''' section.<br /> '''Information Bar''' - contains information about your Epiphany session and the record currently displayed.<br /> :: [[File:InformationBar.JPG]]<br /> <br /> :: 1. '''Current User(1)''' - displays the name of the user currently logged into Epiphany.<br /> :: 2. '''Shortcuts(2)''' - toggles shortcuts (on and off) to commonly used screens.<br /> :: 3. '''Server or Computer Name (3)''' – displays the name of the server or the computer currently being used to access Epiphany<br /> :: 4. '''Record ID (4)''' – displays the internal unique ID of the record currently displayed<br /> :: 5. '''Record Count (5)''' – displays the number of records in the current Filter or Table of records<br /> :: 6. '''Unfiltered (6)''' – displays number of filtered records when a filter is in place (when filtered this will toggle to '''FILTERED SCREEN''') <br /> :: 7. '''No Reason (7)''' – allows for entering a reason changes are being made to a record and records the reason within its history records. Generally, no longer used as Notes are now used.<br /> :: 8. '''Notification (8)''' – displays current notifications in system for current user to take action on.<br /> :: 9. '''Widgets(9)''' - displays Widget control to create shortcuts to screens and widgets.<br /> :::*Shortcuts to screens are easily created<br /> ::::*Be on the screen you want to create a shortcut to<br /> ::::*Go into Widget mode<br /> ::::*Click [[File:AddShortcut.png]] <br /> ::::*Click Yes<br /> :: 10. '''Theme(10)''' - allows user to change the color scheme and landing screen.<br /> :: 11. '''Zoom(11)''' - allows the user to change the zoom percentage of Epiphany.<br /> :: 12. '''Database Name(12)''' - displays the name of the database you are currently accessing. If you have access to more than one Epiphany database, you can double-click this field to switch to another database.<br /> <br /> === Common Screens ===<br /> <br /> '''Title Screen''' - displays the Epiphany application with your Company Logo.&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''Person Screen''' - consists of all contacts in your database.<br /> :1. Tabs<br /> ::* Main – person demographics<br /> ::* Addresses – displays all addresses related to person record<br /> ::* Other – Additional information related to person record<br /> ::* Security – security credentials and level of access rights to Epiphany<br /> ::* Credit Card – stores credit card information for billing<br /> ::* Inv History – displays invoice history related to person record<br /> ::* AR History – displays AR history related to person record<br /> ::* AR Payments – displays AR payments related to person record<br /> ::* AP History – displays the AR invoices related to person record<br /> ::* Open Orders – displays open order in Epiphany related to person record<br /> ::* Class Entry – displays classes related to person record<br /> ::* Class History – displays history of classes attended<br /> ::* Activity – displays any activity logs related to person record<br /> ::* Acct Defaults – displays the default billing options related to person record<br /> ::* Security Basic – displays basic security to allow for password resets<br /> :2. Top Section (Main Tab)<br /> ::* Person’s first name, last name, middle initial<br /> ::* [[File:OutlookSync.png]]-- Turns on Outlook Sync to sync this record to your Outlook Contacts<br /> ::* Birthdate<br /> ::* Sex<br /> ::* Category – link to category(ies) for data filtering and categorizing<br /> ::* Fingerprint – register person’s fingerprints with compatible fingerprint device<br /> :::[[File:FingerprintRegistration.png]]<br /> ::* Active Flag – Active is the default when adding a new person; uncheck this box if person becomes inactive<br /> ::* Employee Flag – check this box if the person is an employee of your company<br /> :3. Contact Information(Main Tab)<br /> ::* Address information (Street, City, State and Zip)<br /> ::* Email Addresses and descriptions<br /> ::* Phone numbers and descriptions<br /> ::* Send – opens a new email and places the email addresses in the “To” field (requires compatible email client software)<br /> :4. Company Affiliations(Company/Position) - link related person to company and position<br /> :5. Family - link family members to related person record<br /> :6. Photo – insert photo image of person<br /> :7. Print Label – print an address label to compatible printer for selected person record<br /> :8. (Filtered) – prints address labels for all records when person screen is filtered<br /> :9. Contact Person – displays contact at that address<br /> '''Company Screen''' - consists of all companies in your database<br /> :1. Tabs<br /> ::* Main – company demographics<br /> ::* Addresses – displays all addresses for related company record<br /> ::* Dealer/Distributor – displays dealers and distributors related to company record<br /> ::* AR History – displays accounts receivable history for related company record<br /> ::* AP History – displays accounts payable history for related company record<br /> ::* Inv History – displays invoice history for related company record<br /> ::* Open Orders – displays open orders for related company record<br /> ::* Sales Opportunities – displays status of sales opportunities for related company record<br /> ::* Contracts – displays all contracts related to related company record<br /> ::* Authorizations – displays authorizations for licensing/subscriptions or other items to track for billing back to related company record<br /> ::* Tasks – displays any tasks in the system related to related company record<br /> ::* Activity – displays all contact activity received for related company record<br /> ::* Customer Assets – tracks assets sold to customer<br /> ::* Acct Defaults – displays default billing information and expense account for related company record<br /> ::* Credit Card -- stores credit card information for billing<br /> ::* Affiliations – tracks parent companies and subsidiary companies<br /> :2. Top Section(Main Tab)<br /> ::* Create Order (Inventory Orders) – shortcut to create a new order (auto-fills Ordered By and Ship To information, if stored in selected company record)<br /> ::* Create PO (Customer Purchase Orders) – shortcut to create a new purchase order (auto-fills Order From and Ship To information, if stored in selected company record)<br /> ::* Sort Name vs. Company Name – Sort Name auto-fills when Company Name field is entered; can be edited to sort differently for searching records<br /> ::* Category – link pertinent categories to related company record<br /> ::* Vend# – displays vendor number assigned to related company record<br /> ::* Cust# – displays customer number assigned to related company record<br /> ::* EIN – displays Employee Identification Number or Federal Tax ID number to related company record<br /> :3. Company Information (Main Tab) – displays address related to company record <br /> :4. Contacts (Main Tab) – displays contacts related to company record<br /> :5. Logo (Main Tab) – import company’s logo<br /> :6. Bottom Section (Main Tab)<br /> ::* Internal contacts managing, services, etc. the related company record<br /> ::* Num Employees – for recording employee size of related company record<br /> ::* Annual Revenue – for recording annual revenue of related company record<br /> :7. Comment (Main Tab) – displays any comments pertinent to related company record that would not be entered as a note<br /> :8. Acct Password – displays password associated with related company record<br /> :9. Print Label (Main Tab) – print an address label to compatible printer<br /> :10. Filtered (Main Tab) – prints address labels for all records when company records are filtered<br /> :11. Notes (Main Tab) – add public or private notes and comments to related record<br /> '''Addresses Expanded Screen''' - consists of all the addresses in the system<br /> :1. Top Section<br /> ::* Address Line 1 – first line of an address<br /> ::* Address Line 2 – second line of an address<br /> ::* City, ST ZIP – City, State (abbreviated), and Zip code (allows for +4 and foreign)<br /> ::* County – County city is located<br /> ::* Country – default is USA<br /> ::* Map – provide a URL to a map if desired<br /> ::* Address Desc – description of address if needed (i.e. Warehouse vs. Office)<br /> ::* Latitude – when an address does not yet exist<br /> ::* Longitude – used when an address not yet exist<br /> ::* Phone Number &amp; Phone Desc – displays phone for that address (used when multiple addresses are used that have different phone numbers for each location)<br /> ::* AP Location – used for accounts payable invoices/purchase orders<br /> ::* Do not subscribe – opt-out of receiving certain information<br /> ::* Special Info – special notes specific to this address<br /> ::* Add Task Button – creates a new task<br /> ::* Create Contract Button – creates a new contract<br /> ::* Task History – displays the task history<br /> ::* Contact Company – displays company for this specific address record (i.e. rental or leased property)<br /> ::* Contact Person – displays contact at that address<br /> ::* Owning Company – displays company that owns property at that address<br /> ::* Owning Person – displays contact name of owning company<br /> ::* Sales Tax Key – displays sales tax key to use for this address<br /> ::* Contract – displays any contracts related to the address<br /> ::* Zone Information – displays zone information related to the address<br /> ::* Notes – add public or private notes and comments to related address<br /> '''Tasks Screen''' - consists of all tasks in the system.<br /> :1. Task View<br /> ::* Active – displays Active tasks only<br /> ::* Completed – displays completed tasks<br /> ::* Cancelled – displays cancelled tasks<br /> ::* Projects – displays all project tasks in system<br /> ::* Hide Tasks with Uncompleted Prerequisites<br /> ::* Show Future Tasks – displays tasks with due date in the future<br /> ::* Go To Task# - enter specific task number into text box to open and display a specific task<br /> ::* Print – prints tasks displayed on screen in a report format<br /> ::* Graph – visual graphic of new tasks vs. closed tasks<br /> ::* Filtered – displays graph based on filtered criteria<br /> ::* Assigned To – displays tasks assigned to criteria selected below<br /> ::* Requested By – displays tasks by person requesting task<br /> ::* Coordinator – displays tasks by Task Coordinator<br /> ::* Task Filter – displays data for a specific task<br /> ::* Category – displays tasks by related category<br /> ::* Task Type – displays tasks by related task type<br /> ::* Person – displays tasks by specific person<br /> ::* Department – displays tasks by department<br /> ::* Company – displays tasks by specific company<br /> ::* Show Mine – displays tasks for user currently logged in<br /> ::* Show All – shows all tasks for your company<br /> ::* New Task – allows for entry of a new task<br /> ::* Sorting – click on column header(s) to sort in ascending or descending order<br /> ::* Expand [[File:Expand.png]] – show more records/data<br /> :2. Activity View – displays all recorded activity for your organization and allows for easy creation of new activity records<br /> :3. Appointment View – displays appointments scheduled<br /> ::* Date range –display by day, week or month<br /> ::* Filters – filtered by Company, Person, Task or Department<br /> :4. Worklog View – displays logged hours based on filtered criteria<br /> ::* Date Range – displays by day, week or month<br /> ::* Filters – filtered by Company, Person, Task or Department<br /> :5. Project View – displays project timelines<br /> :6. Mileage Log – displays mileage<br /> '''Flex Screen Lookup'''<br /> :1. Tool Bar [[File:LookupToolbar.png]]<br /> ::* Text field - standard search<br /> ::* [[File:Filter.png]] = filter on selected search criteria<br /> ::* Select Record -- opens record selected/highlighted<br /> ::* [[File:ActiveRecords.png]] = active records (toggle to show both Active &amp; Inactive records)<br /> ::* [[File:AdvancedSearch.png]] = E-MC2 allows for advanced search (search on any portion of selected field)<br /> ::* [[File:RecordID.png]] = displays unique Record ID<br /> ::* [[File:SearchByCategory.png]] = search by category then by record by expanding category<br /> ::* [[File:Refresh.png]] = refreshes records displayed<br /> ::* [[File:Clear.png]] = closes Flex Screen Lookup without selecting record<br /> ::* [[File:Favorites.png]] = displays records you have added to your Favorites list <br /> ::* [[File:AddNewRecord.png]] = allows user to add the text in search field box as a new record in the database (must have rights to “add on fly”)<br /> ::* [[File:Ascending.png]] and [[File:Descending.png]] = toggles sort order between Ascending/Descending<br /> :2. Normal behavior<br /> ::* Settings<br /> ::** Default order of columns displayed<br /> ::* Expanding [[File:Expand.png]]<br /> ::* Sorting<br /> ::** Select Column to sort on<br /> ::** Ascending<br /> ::** Descending<br /> :3. Additional behavior<br /> :: [[File:RightClickColumnHeader.png|left]]<br /> :::::::::::::* Right-click on Column Header in a grid (vs. Record)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Sorting<br /> :::::::::::::::* Left-click Column Header Name to sort<br /> ::::::::::::::::* Ascending/descending Toggle [[File:Ascending.png]] or [[File:Descending.png]] <br /> ::::::::::::::* Scroll Set / Clear <br /> :::::::::::::::* Left to right scrolling of columns<br /> :::::::::::::::* Clears on close<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> :: [[File:RightClickRecord.png|left]]<br /> :::::::::::::* Right-click on Record in a grid (vs. Column Header) <br /> ::::::::::::::* Copy / Paste<br /> ::::::::::::::* Moves records in a grid (sets priority only for categorized items)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Favorites (Add/remove) – adds record to Favorites list and displays on default Lookup screen (user preference)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Colors – color code records in a grid (user preference)<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> :: [[File:RightClickTableProperties.png|left]]<br /> :::::::::::::* Right-click Table Properties [[File:Expand2.png]] or [[File:Expand.png]] <br /> ::::::::::::::* Show… (temporary; doesn’t save in layout) <br /> :::::::::::::::* IDs<br /> :::::::::::::::* Relationship Types<br /> :::::::::::::::* Priorities<br /> ::::::::::::::* Favorites Mode – displays only records added as a Favorite (*)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Show Row Lines – will show horizontal grid lines<br /> ::::::::::::::* Show Column Lines – will show vertical grid lines (user preference)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Save Layout (column order &amp; width; per user; does not change default lookup field)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Save Layout Filters<br /> ::::::::::::::* Default Layout – reset to default layout<br /> ::::::::::::::* Export to File<br /> ::::::::::::::* Graph<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> '''Relationships'''<br /> :'''Navigating and Understanding'''<br /> :* Links two records together<br /> :* Fields with lookups (FlexScreen Lookup) create links to related record<br /> :* Hover mouse to see number of related records [[File:RelatedRecordsHover.png]] <br /> :** The first number is the record currently displayed in the field and the second number is the total number of related records of the same type<br /> :** To add or remove relationships you must be in Edit mode.[[File:AddRemove.png]] <br /> :*** + allows for adding additional related records of the same type<br /> :*** - = removes relationship of displayed related record<br /> :** Double-clicking a related record moves user to that record information<br /> :** Note: IMPORTANT to never type over information; you will delete information or change that record in the database (there is no Undo)</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Basics&diff=648 2020-05-12T18:49:36Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Flex Screen */</p> <hr /> <div>=Basics=<br /> === Flex Screen ===<br /> '''Title Bar''' – Displays the name of the screen you are on<br /> <br /> '''Menu Bar'''<br /> <br /> #First option is always Applications; provides access to standard screens<br /> #Menus will differ:<br /> #*On how Epiphany was configured for your organization,<br /> #*Individual user rights, and on<br /> #*What application or menu item you’re in<br /> #Shortcut Keys – Main Application (differs by Menu, but same concept). Example:<br /> #*Alt+A = Applications (continue to hold Alt and Press A again...)<br /> #*Alt+A (x2) = AR<br /> #*Alt+A (x3) = AP<br /> #*Alt+T = Tables<br /> #*Alt+I = Inventory<br /> #*Alt+G = General Ledger<br /> #*Alt+P = Payroll<br /> #*Alt+U = Utilities<br /> #*Alt+S = Setup<br /> #*Alt+R = Reports<br /> #*Alt+H = Help<br /> <br /> For Submenus – Use first letter of Menu Item; if multiples of same beginning<br /> letter, press that letter multiple times to move through the menu items beginning<br /> with that letter<br /> <br /> '''Toolbar'''– hover over icons to display a short description (or tooltip) of a button. Icons appear<br /> white when available and grayed out when not available.&lt;br&gt;<br /> 1. {{#far:arrow-circle-left}} '''Back''' goes back to previous screen&lt;br&gt;<br /> 2. {{#fas:chevron-circle-left}} {{#fas:angle-left}} {{#fas:angle-right}} {{#fas:chevron-circle-right}}navigation buttons; the outer arrows in a circle move to the first and last records of a table, the white inner arrows advance forward or backward one record&lt;br&gt;<br /> 3. [[File:AddDeleteEdit.png]]<br /> ::* {{#fas:fa-plus}} '''Add''' immediately addes a new record; complete fields otherwise there will be a blank record in the database<br /> :::*[[File:CancelEdit.png]] The Edit button changes to Cancel edit; this will remove the newly added record if it has not been saved yet<br /> ::*'''Delete''' allows a record to be removed or merged with an existing record<br /> [[File:DeleteRecordDialogBox.png|center]]<br /> :::* Click Yes to delete currently displayed record and merge with an existing record<br /> :::* Click No to delete the record without merging with another record<br /> ::::*Upon clicking Yes to merge with another record<br /> [[File:MergeDeletedRecordDialogBox.png|center]]<br /> ::::*Upon clicking Yes to merge with another record and selecting the record to merge with, confirm deletion and merge, then click Yes or No<br /> [[File:ConfirmMergeDeleteRecordsDialogBox.png|center]]<br /> ::::(Clicking No from this screen only deletes the record and does not merge the record with another record)<br /> ::::*Click no to delete the record without merging with another record<br /> ::::*Click Cancel to cancel the deletion<br /> ::*'''Edit''' allows a record to be changed.<br /> :::*[[File:CancelEdit.png]] The Edit button changes to Cancel edit and allows any changes to be canceled if the changes have not been saved already&lt;br&gt;<br /> 4. [[File:RefreshSearch.png]]<br /> ::*'''Refresh''' allows the record to be refreshed to see the most current view of the screen you are currently on. Generally used when someone is editing the record you are currently viewing.<br /> ::*'''Search''' allows for lookup of records<br /> 5. [[File:Toolbar.png]]<br /> ::*'''Print''' [[File:Print.png]] is active on screens that have a standard report defined. The standard print dialog box will appear.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Print Preview''' [[File:FilterPresets.png]] found to the right of the Print button; prints the report to screen first for review prior to printing.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Active Records''' [[File:ActiveRecords.png]] by default shows only active records... This is a toggle button and can toggle to show all records or only Active Records.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Filter''' [[File:Filter.png]] allows the records to be filtered by any standard field on the current screen.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Filter Presets''' [[File:FilterPresets.png]] to the right of the Filter icon allows the use of saved Filters or removes the current filter to display all records.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Capture Image''' [[File:CaptureImage.png]] allows for document scanning with an attached compatible scanner/capture device. Document is scanned, added to the Documents Table and a relationship is automatically created between the current record and the document scanned.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Attach File''' [[File:AttachFile.png]] allows for a file to be selected from a location on your computer (network drive, local drive, etc.) and attached to the current record. Again, the document is added to the Documents Table, a relationship is automatically created between the current record and the document/file attached. Note: this creates a copy of the file and does not remove the file from its original location.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Other Actions''' [[File:OtherActions.png]] allows access to several other actions available if definitions have been created.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Notifications''' [[File:Notifications.png]] When green, there are unviewed notifications for the user logged in (not specific to the current record on the screen). Notifications are generated by Document Flow Rules created in the system to notify users when a record has been added, changed, or a note added to a record related to the user.&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::*'''Object Screen''' [[File:Object Screen.png]] shows each screen related to the object (screen) a user is currently viewing. This allows a user to quickly switch between related screens and only if user has access to the screen(s).&lt;br&gt;<br /> 6. [[File:SearchPin.png]]<br /> ::*'''Pin''' [[File:Pin.png]] allows a user to pin a screen without opening another instance of Epiphany. The pinned screen will stay open as you open/navigate to other screens. It will stay open until either the pinned screen is closed or the user exits Epiphany. <br /> ::*'''Search''' [[File:Search.png]] allows a user to do a global search. The Search Results returned indicate which tables the string of data appears.<br /> '''Relationships Bar''' - allows access to other records related to the current record on the screen. Item will be bold white when there are related items and grayed out when there are no related objects attached.&lt;br&gt;<br /> :: [[File:RelationshipsBar.png]]<br /> :: 1. '''Relationships'''- shows all records related to the current record displayed.<br /> :: 2. '''Notes''' - allows the capability to attach notes as well as view existing notes related to a record. <br /> :: 3. '''Documents''' - allows the capability to view all documents related to the current record. <br /> :: 4. '''Approvals''' - allows for reviewing and/or signing electronic documents. Used anytime an electronic signature needs to be captured.<br /> :: 5. '''Tasks''' - displays any active Tasks related to the selected record.<br /> :: 6. '''History''' - allows the user to view the history of changes made to the current record. <br /> :::* '''Database Change History Grid''' - displays the date/time stamp along with the user that performed any adds, changes and/or deletes to the records being viewed, the new value and the relationship type along with the Screen the action was performed from.<br /> :: 7. '''Help''' - provides a brief description of the screen, details and technical data of a specific field. The current screen name is displayed under the '''Screen''' section. Hovering over a field will display help information under the '''Detail''' section.<br /> '''Information Bar''' - contains information about your Epiphany session and the record currently displayed.<br /> :: [[File:InformationBar.JPG]]<br /> <br /> :: 1. '''Current User(1)''' - displays the name of the user currently logged into Epiphany.<br /> :: 2. '''Shortcuts(2)''' - toggles shortcuts (on and off) to commonly used screens.<br /> :: 3. '''Server or Computer Name (3)''' – displays the name of the server or the computer currently being used to access Epiphany<br /> :: 4. '''Record ID (4)''' – displays the internal unique ID of the record currently displayed<br /> :: 5. '''Record Count (5)''' – displays the number of records in the current Filter or Table of records<br /> :: 6. '''Unfiltered (6)''' – displays number of filtered records when a filter is in place (when filtered this will toggle to '''FILTERED SCREEN''') <br /> :: 7. '''No Reason (7)''' – allows for entering a reason changes are being made to a record and records the reason within its history records. Generally, no longer used as Notes are now used.<br /> :: 8. '''Notification (8)''' – displays current notifications in system for current user to take action on.<br /> :: 9. '''Widgets(9)''' - displays Widget control to create shortcuts to screens and widgets.<br /> :::*Shortcuts to screens are easily created<br /> ::::*Be on the screen you want to create a shortcut to<br /> ::::*Go into Widget mode<br /> ::::*Click [[File:AddShortcut.png]] <br /> ::::*Click Yes<br /> :: 10. '''Theme(10)''' - allows user to change the color scheme and landing screen.<br /> :: 11. '''Zoom(11)''' - allows the user to change the zoom percentage of Epiphany.<br /> :: 12. '''Database Name(12)''' - displays the name of the database you are currently accessing. If you have access to more than one Epiphany database, you can double-click this field to switch to another database.<br /> <br /> ===Common Screens===<br /> <br /> '''Title Screen''' - displays the Epiphany application with your Company Logo.&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''Person Screen''' - consists of all contacts in your database.<br /> :1. Tabs<br /> ::* Main – person demographics<br /> ::* Addresses – displays all addresses related to person record<br /> ::* Other – Additional information related to person record<br /> ::* Security – security credentials and level of access rights to Epiphany<br /> ::* Credit Card – stores credit card information for billing<br /> ::* Inv History – displays invoice history related to person record<br /> ::* AR History – displays AR history related to person record<br /> ::* AR Payments – displays AR payments related to person record<br /> ::* AP History – displays the AR invoices related to person record<br /> ::* Open Orders – displays open order in Epiphany related to person record<br /> ::* Class Entry – displays classes related to person record<br /> ::* Class History – displays history of classes attended<br /> ::* Activity – displays any activity logs related to person record<br /> ::* Acct Defaults – displays the default billing options related to person record<br /> ::* Security Basic – displays basic security to allow for password resets<br /> :2. Top Section (Main Tab)<br /> ::* Person’s first name, last name, middle initial<br /> ::* [[File:OutlookSync.png]]-- Turns on Outlook Sync to sync this record to your Outlook Contacts<br /> ::* Birthdate<br /> ::* Sex<br /> ::* Category – link to category(ies) for data filtering and categorizing<br /> ::* Fingerprint – register person’s fingerprints with compatible fingerprint device<br /> :::[[File:FingerprintRegistration.png]]<br /> ::* Active Flag – Active is the default when adding a new person; uncheck this box if person becomes inactive<br /> ::* Employee Flag – check this box if the person is an employee of your company<br /> :3. Contact Information(Main Tab)<br /> ::* Address information (Street, City, State and Zip)<br /> ::* Email Addresses and descriptions<br /> ::* Phone numbers and descriptions<br /> ::* Send – opens a new email and places the email addresses in the “To” field (requires compatible email client software)<br /> :4. Company Affiliations(Company/Position) - link related person to company and position<br /> :5. Family - link family members to related person record<br /> :6. Photo – insert photo image of person<br /> :7. Print Label – print an address label to compatible printer for selected person record<br /> :8. (Filtered) – prints address labels for all records when person screen is filtered<br /> :9. Contact Person – displays contact at that address<br /> '''Company Screen''' - consists of all companies in your database<br /> :1. Tabs<br /> ::* Main – company demographics<br /> ::* Addresses – displays all addresses for related company record<br /> ::* Dealer/Distributor – displays dealers and distributors related to company record<br /> ::* AR History – displays accounts receivable history for related company record<br /> ::* AP History – displays accounts payable history for related company record<br /> ::* Inv History – displays invoice history for related company record<br /> ::* Open Orders – displays open orders for related company record<br /> ::* Sales Opportunities – displays status of sales opportunities for related company record<br /> ::* Contracts – displays all contracts related to related company record<br /> ::* Authorizations – displays authorizations for licensing/subscriptions or other items to track for billing back to related company record<br /> ::* Tasks – displays any tasks in the system related to related company record<br /> ::* Activity – displays all contact activity received for related company record<br /> ::* Customer Assets – tracks assets sold to customer<br /> ::* Acct Defaults – displays default billing information and expense account for related company record<br /> ::* Credit Card -- stores credit card information for billing<br /> ::* Affiliations – tracks parent companies and subsidiary companies<br /> :2. Top Section(Main Tab)<br /> ::* Create Order (Inventory Orders) – shortcut to create a new order (auto-fills Ordered By and Ship To information, if stored in selected company record)<br /> ::* Create PO (Customer Purchase Orders) – shortcut to create a new purchase order (auto-fills Order From and Ship To information, if stored in selected company record)<br /> ::* Sort Name vs. Company Name – Sort Name auto-fills when Company Name field is entered; can be edited to sort differently for searching records<br /> ::* Category – link pertinent categories to related company record<br /> ::* Vend# – displays vendor number assigned to related company record<br /> ::* Cust# – displays customer number assigned to related company record<br /> ::* EIN – displays Employee Identification Number or Federal Tax ID number to related company record<br /> :3. Company Information (Main Tab) – displays address related to company record <br /> :4. Contacts (Main Tab) – displays contacts related to company record<br /> :5. Logo (Main Tab) – import company’s logo<br /> :6. Bottom Section (Main Tab)<br /> ::* Internal contacts managing, services, etc. the related company record<br /> ::* Num Employees – for recording employee size of related company record<br /> ::* Annual Revenue – for recording annual revenue of related company record<br /> :7. Comment (Main Tab) – displays any comments pertinent to related company record that would not be entered as a note<br /> :8. Acct Password – displays password associated with related company record<br /> :9. Print Label (Main Tab) – print an address label to compatible printer<br /> :10. Filtered (Main Tab) – prints address labels for all records when company records are filtered<br /> :11. Notes (Main Tab) – add public or private notes and comments to related record<br /> '''Addresses Expanded Screen''' - consists of all the addresses in the system<br /> :1. Top Section<br /> ::* Address Line 1 – first line of an address<br /> ::* Address Line 2 – second line of an address<br /> ::* City, ST ZIP – City, State (abbreviated), and Zip code (allows for +4 and foreign)<br /> ::* County – County city is located<br /> ::* Country – default is USA<br /> ::* Map – provide a URL to a map if desired<br /> ::* Address Desc – description of address if needed (i.e. Warehouse vs. Office)<br /> ::* Latitude – when an address does not yet exist<br /> ::* Longitude – used when an address not yet exist<br /> ::* Phone Number &amp; Phone Desc – displays phone for that address (used when multiple addresses are used that have different phone numbers for each location)<br /> ::* AP Location – used for accounts payable invoices/purchase orders<br /> ::* Do not subscribe – opt-out of receiving certain information<br /> ::* Special Info – special notes specific to this address<br /> ::* Add Task Button – creates a new task<br /> ::* Create Contract Button – creates a new contract<br /> ::* Task History – displays the task history<br /> ::* Contact Company – displays company for this specific address record (i.e. rental or leased property)<br /> ::* Contact Person – displays contact at that address<br /> ::* Owning Company – displays company that owns property at that address<br /> ::* Owning Person – displays contact name of owning company<br /> ::* Sales Tax Key – displays sales tax key to use for this address<br /> ::* Contract – displays any contracts related to the address<br /> ::* Zone Information – displays zone information related to the address<br /> ::* Notes – add public or private notes and comments to related address<br /> '''Tasks Screen''' - consists of all tasks in the system.<br /> :1. Task View<br /> ::* Active – displays Active tasks only<br /> ::* Completed – displays completed tasks<br /> ::* Cancelled – displays cancelled tasks<br /> ::* Projects – displays all project tasks in system<br /> ::* Hide Tasks with Uncompleted Prerequisites<br /> ::* Show Future Tasks – displays tasks with due date in the future<br /> ::* Go To Task# - enter specific task number into text box to open and display a specific task<br /> ::* Print – prints tasks displayed on screen in a report format<br /> ::* Graph – visual graphic of new tasks vs. closed tasks<br /> ::* Filtered – displays graph based on filtered criteria<br /> ::* Assigned To – displays tasks assigned to criteria selected below<br /> ::* Requested By – displays tasks by person requesting task<br /> ::* Coordinator – displays tasks by Task Coordinator<br /> ::* Task Filter – displays data for a specific task<br /> ::* Category – displays tasks by related category<br /> ::* Task Type – displays tasks by related task type<br /> ::* Person – displays tasks by specific person<br /> ::* Department – displays tasks by department<br /> ::* Company – displays tasks by specific company<br /> ::* Show Mine – displays tasks for user currently logged in<br /> ::* Show All – shows all tasks for your company<br /> ::* New Task – allows for entry of a new task<br /> ::* Sorting – click on column header(s) to sort in ascending or descending order<br /> ::* Expand [[File:Expand.png]] – show more records/data<br /> :2. Activity View – displays all recorded activity for your organization and allows for easy creation of new activity records<br /> :3. Appointment View – displays appointments scheduled<br /> ::* Date range –display by day, week or month<br /> ::* Filters – filtered by Company, Person, Task or Department<br /> :4. Worklog View – displays logged hours based on filtered criteria<br /> ::* Date Range – displays by day, week or month<br /> ::* Filters – filtered by Company, Person, Task or Department<br /> :5. Project View – displays project timelines<br /> :6. Mileage Log – displays mileage<br /> '''Flex Screen Lookup'''<br /> :1. Tool Bar [[File:LookupToolbar.png]]<br /> ::* Text field - standard search<br /> ::* [[File:Filter.png]] = filter on selected search criteria<br /> ::* Select Record -- opens record selected/highlighted<br /> ::* [[File:ActiveRecords.png]] = active records (toggle to show both Active &amp; Inactive records)<br /> ::* [[File:AdvancedSearch.png]] = E-MC2 allows for advanced search (search on any portion of selected field)<br /> ::* [[File:RecordID.png]] = displays unique Record ID<br /> ::* [[File:SearchByCategory.png]] = search by category then by record by expanding category<br /> ::* [[File:Refresh.png]] = refreshes records displayed<br /> ::* [[File:Clear.png]] = closes Flex Screen Lookup without selecting record<br /> ::* [[File:Favorites.png]] = displays records you have added to your Favorites list <br /> ::* [[File:AddNewRecord.png]] = allows user to add the text in search field box as a new record in the database (must have rights to “add on fly”)<br /> ::* [[File:Ascending.png]] and [[File:Descending.png]] = toggles sort order between Ascending/Descending<br /> :2. Normal behavior<br /> ::* Settings<br /> ::** Default order of columns displayed<br /> ::* Expanding [[File:Expand.png]]<br /> ::* Sorting<br /> ::** Select Column to sort on<br /> ::** Ascending<br /> ::** Descending<br /> :3. Additional behavior<br /> :: [[File:RightClickColumnHeader.png|left]]<br /> :::::::::::::* Right-click on Column Header in a grid (vs. Record)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Sorting<br /> :::::::::::::::* Left-click Column Header Name to sort<br /> ::::::::::::::::* Ascending/descending Toggle [[File:Ascending.png]] or [[File:Descending.png]] <br /> ::::::::::::::* Scroll Set / Clear <br /> :::::::::::::::* Left to right scrolling of columns<br /> :::::::::::::::* Clears on close<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> :: [[File:RightClickRecord.png|left]]<br /> :::::::::::::* Right-click on Record in a grid (vs. Column Header) <br /> ::::::::::::::* Copy / Paste<br /> ::::::::::::::* Moves records in a grid (sets priority only for categorized items)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Favorites (Add/remove) – adds record to Favorites list and displays on default Lookup screen (user preference)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Colors – color code records in a grid (user preference)<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> :: [[File:RightClickTableProperties.png|left]]<br /> :::::::::::::* Right-click Table Properties [[File:Expand2.png]] or [[File:Expand.png]] <br /> ::::::::::::::* Show… (temporary; doesn’t save in layout) <br /> :::::::::::::::* IDs<br /> :::::::::::::::* Relationship Types<br /> :::::::::::::::* Priorities<br /> ::::::::::::::* Favorites Mode – displays only records added as a Favorite (*)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Show Row Lines – will show horizontal grid lines<br /> ::::::::::::::* Show Column Lines – will show vertical grid lines (user preference)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Save Layout (column order &amp; width; per user; does not change default lookup field)<br /> ::::::::::::::* Save Layout Filters<br /> ::::::::::::::* Default Layout – reset to default layout<br /> ::::::::::::::* Export to File<br /> ::::::::::::::* Graph<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> '''Relationships'''<br /> :'''Navigating and Understanding'''<br /> :* Links two records together<br /> :* Fields with lookups (FlexScreen Lookup) create links to related record<br /> :* Hover mouse to see number of related records [[File:RelatedRecordsHover.png]] <br /> :** The first number is the record currently displayed in the field and the second number is the total number of related records of the same type<br /> :** To add or remove relationships you must be in Edit mode.[[File:AddRemove.png]] <br /> :*** + allows for adding additional related records of the same type<br /> :*** - = removes relationship of displayed related record<br /> :** Double-clicking a related record moves user to that record information<br /> :** Note: IMPORTANT to never type over information; you will delete information or change that record in the database (there is no Undo)</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Inventory&diff=637 2020-05-08T16:17:04Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Inventory Entry */</p> <hr /> <div>==Inventory==<br /> === Inventory Screen ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> :Tabs<br /> ::*Main – main inventory item demographics<br /> ::*Assembly – parts assembly for inventory item<br /> ::*Process – displays operations attached to inventory record<br /> ::*Product Builder – product builder for inventory item<br /> ::*Substitutions – product substitutions allowed for inventory item<br /> ::*Revisions – records revisions to inventory item<br /> ::*Serial Entry – displays serial numbers for inventory item<br /> ::*Images – displays/stores images for inventory item<br /> ::*Locations – In-Stock Breakdown (different warehouse/locations)<br /> ::*POS – Point-of-Sale information for Inventory Item<br /> ::*Inv Tran History – displays history for inventory item<br /> ::*Current Activity – displays open orders and open pick lists containing inventory item<br /> ::*Other History – displays production run history<br /> :Buttons (Main Tab)<br /> ::*Create Adj<br /> :::*Used when inventory is off after physical count<br /> ::*Move (Location of inventory breakdown at different warehouses/locations)<br /> :::*Used to move inventory from one location to another<br /> ::*Recalculate Prices<br /> :::*Adjusts the price levels based on changes in markup, discount, or last cost<br /> ::*Update Orders<br /> :::*Updates existing orders in system if prices are recalculated<br /> ::*Print UPC<br /> :::*Prints barcode from UPC field<br /> <br /> === Inventory Entry ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> #Click &lt;b&gt;Add&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Number&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Description&lt;/b&gt; (this description will appear on Invoices, etc.)<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Long Description&lt;/b&gt;, if desired<br /> #Select a &lt;b&gt;Category&lt;/b&gt; if categories are utilized<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Manufacturer&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter Drawing &lt;b&gt;Number&lt;/b&gt; if using blueprints<br /> #&lt;b&gt;Rev&lt;/b&gt; displays current revision from Revisions Tab<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;UPC&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;GL Group&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The GL Group(s) that an invoice for this part will apply to.<br /> :11. Dimensions<br /> ::*Weight<br /> ::*Length<br /> ::*Width<br /> ::*Height<br /> :12. &lt;b&gt;In Stock Qty&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Automatically adjusted when receiving in parts and fulfilling customer orders.<br /> :13. Enter &lt;b&gt;Unit Desc&lt;/b&gt;<br /> :14. Enter &lt;b&gt;Minimum Stock&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Quantity to always be in stock (for purposes of reordering).<br /> :15. Displays &lt;b&gt;Locations&lt;/b&gt; of where parts are stocked<br /> :16. Enter &lt;b&gt;Ctry of Origin&lt;/b&gt; of where the part came from<br /> :17. Enter &lt;b&gt;Tariff Code&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The code that is used for International Sales codes from the United States International Trade Commission. Refer to the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States for this information.<br /> :18. &lt;b&gt;Reserve Qty&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Specifies the quantity of this part that should always be in stock. For example, these parts may be required for production run purposes and should not be sold.<br /> :19. &lt;b&gt;Lead Days&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Indicates the number of days needed to order and receive the part from the supplier.<br /> :20. Enter &lt;b&gt;Cubic Feet&lt;/b&gt; if applicable<br /> :21. Enter &lt;b&gt;Gauge&lt;/b&gt; if applicable<br /> :22. Enter &lt;b&gt;Count Per Qty&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The amount of individual parts per unit. For example, one unit may be a pallet of 15 individual parts, making the count per unit 15.<br /> :23. Enter &lt;b&gt;Color&lt;/b&gt; of part, if applicable<br /> :24. &lt;b&gt;Inventory Location Breakdown&lt;/b&gt; displays the quantity in stock at each location.<br /> :25. &lt;b&gt;In Stock by Lot/Serial#&lt;/b&gt; displays the quantities in stock by serial number.<br /> :26. &lt;b&gt;Price/Costs&lt;/b&gt; The &lt;b&gt;Retail Price&lt;/b&gt; is entered here. Price Levels can be set at different markups and discounts (applied from the last cost of the unit).<br /> :27. &lt;b&gt;Extra Shipping&lt;/b&gt; can be applied to the unit.<br /> :28. &lt;b&gt;Sales Price/Start Date/End Date&lt;/b&gt; displays the sale price of the unit and when the sale starts and ends.<br /> :29. &lt;b&gt;Quantity Pricing&lt;/b&gt; shows minimum quantity of part to be purchased or special quantity pricing.<br /> :30. &lt;b&gt;Suppliers/Customers Part#&lt;/b&gt; shows the different suppliers for the part, their part number, and minimum order quantity, if applicable. <br /> :31. &lt;b&gt;Markup Group&lt;/b&gt; is applied if there is special pricing based on percentage. When a Markup Group is applied to a customer, the percentages are automatically calculated on customer orders as well as any quantity pricing discounts or minimum quantity requirements.<br /> :32. &lt;b&gt;Cost Change Price&lt;/b&gt; when checked will auto-update (&quot;recalc inventory item&quot;) prices for the given inventory item when any inventory posting happens where the cost is changed.<br /> :33. &lt;b&gt;Last Cost Date&lt;/b&gt; is a stored value that displays the invoice date/time stamp of the last time the cost was updated (last inventory posting where cost was changed). See Field Help in Epiphany for more information.<br /> <br /> === Inventory Transaction ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> ::*Automatically fulfilled when shipment or receipt is generated<br /> ::*Manual entry can be done when adjusting inventory manually<br /> === Quote ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Quote<br /> :Similar to entering an order, but starts as a quote<br /> :#Enter Company in Quote to<br /> :#Enter Company in Ship to if different from Quote to<br /> :#Enter Ship Via if preference<br /> :#Enter Customer PO<br /> :#Enter SalesPerson, if applicable<br /> :#Enter items in Quote Lines<br /> ::::a. Enter Type<br /> ::::b. Enter Quantity<br /> ::::c. Enter Unit Price and tab through<br /> ::::d. If Tax Exempt, uncheck box<br /> ::::e. Click Save<br /> :Buttons<br /> ::*Create an Invoice – create invoice from current displayed quote<br /> ::*Create Order – create an order from currently displayed order<br /> ::*Copy Quote – copy quote to start a new quote with same information<br /> === Pick List ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Pick List<br /> :Once an Inventory Order is entered a pick list can be created<br /> :#Search to find specific Pick List<br /> :#Print Pick List<br /> :#Once Picked, click Create AR Invoice(button)<br /> === Inventory Reports ===<br /> :* Price List Report<br /> :* Inventory Reorder<br /> :* Physical Inventory Worksheet<br /> :* See Insight Reporting for all available Inventory reports</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Inventory&diff=636 2020-05-08T16:11:56Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Inventory Entry */</p> <hr /> <div>==Inventory==<br /> === Inventory Screen ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> :Tabs<br /> ::*Main – main inventory item demographics<br /> ::*Assembly – parts assembly for inventory item<br /> ::*Process – displays operations attached to inventory record<br /> ::*Product Builder – product builder for inventory item<br /> ::*Substitutions – product substitutions allowed for inventory item<br /> ::*Revisions – records revisions to inventory item<br /> ::*Serial Entry – displays serial numbers for inventory item<br /> ::*Images – displays/stores images for inventory item<br /> ::*Locations – In-Stock Breakdown (different warehouse/locations)<br /> ::*POS – Point-of-Sale information for Inventory Item<br /> ::*Inv Tran History – displays history for inventory item<br /> ::*Current Activity – displays open orders and open pick lists containing inventory item<br /> ::*Other History – displays production run history<br /> :Buttons (Main Tab)<br /> ::*Create Adj<br /> :::*Used when inventory is off after physical count<br /> ::*Move (Location of inventory breakdown at different warehouses/locations)<br /> :::*Used to move inventory from one location to another<br /> ::*Recalculate Prices<br /> :::*Adjusts the price levels based on changes in markup, discount, or last cost<br /> ::*Update Orders<br /> :::*Updates existing orders in system if prices are recalculated<br /> ::*Print UPC<br /> :::*Prints barcode from UPC field<br /> <br /> === Inventory Entry ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> #Click &lt;b&gt;Add&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Number&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Description&lt;/b&gt; (this description will appear on Invoices, etc.)<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Long Description&lt;/b&gt;, if desired<br /> #Select a &lt;b&gt;Category&lt;/b&gt; if categories are utilized<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Manufacturer&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter Drawing &lt;b&gt;Number&lt;/b&gt; if using blueprints<br /> #&lt;b&gt;Rev&lt;/b&gt; displays current revision from Revisions Tab<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;UPC&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;GL Group&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The GL Group(s) that an invoice for this part will apply to.<br /> :11. Dimensions<br /> ::*Weight<br /> ::*Length<br /> ::*Width<br /> ::*Height<br /> :12. &lt;b&gt;In Stock Qty&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Automaticaly adjusted when receiving in parts and fulfilling customer orders.<br /> :13. Enter &lt;b&gt;Unit Desc&lt;/b&gt;<br /> :14. Enter &lt;b&gt;Minimum Stock&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Quantity to always be in stock (for purposes of reordering).<br /> :15. Displays &lt;b&gt;Locations&lt;/b&gt; of where parts are stocked<br /> :16. Enter &lt;b&gt;Ctry of Origin&lt;/b&gt; of where the part came from<br /> :17. Enter &lt;b&gt;Tariff Code&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The code that is used for International Sales codes from teh United States International Trade Commission. rever to the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States for this information.<br /> :18. &lt;b&gt;Reserve Qty&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Specifies the quantity of this part that should always be in stock. For example, these parts may be required for production run purposes and should not be sold.<br /> :19. &lt;b&gt;Lead Days&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Indicates the number of days needed to order and recieve the part from the supplier.<br /> :20. Enter &lt;b&gt;Cubic Feet&lt;/b&gt; if applicable<br /> :21. Enter &lt;b&gt;Gauge&lt;/b&gt; if applicable<br /> :22. Enter &lt;b&gt;Count Per Qty&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The amount of individual parts per unit. For example, one unit may be a pallet of 15 individual parts, making the count per unit 15.<br /> :23. Enter &lt;b&gt;Color&lt;/b&gt; of part, if applicable<br /> :24. &lt;b&gt;Inventory Location Breakdown&lt;/b&gt; displays the quantity in stock at each location.<br /> :25. &lt;b&gt;In Stock by Lot/Serial#&lt;/b&gt; displays the quantities in stock by serial number.<br /> :26. &lt;b&gt;Price/Costs&lt;/b&gt; The &lt;b&gt;Retail Price&lt;/b&gt; is entered here. Price Levels can be set at different markups and discounts (applied from the last cost of the unit).<br /> :27. &lt;b&gt;Extra Shipping&lt;/b&gt; can be applied to the unit.<br /> :28. &lt;b&gt;Sales Price/Start Date/End Date&lt;/b&gt; displays the sale price of the unit and when the sale starts and ends.<br /> :29. &lt;b&gt;Quantity Pricing&lt;/b&gt; shows minimum quantity of part to be purchased or special quantity pricing.<br /> :30. &lt;b&gt;Suppliers/Customers Part#&lt;/b&gt; shows the different suppliers for the part, their part number, and minimum order quantity, if applicable. <br /> :31. &lt;b&gt;Markup Group&lt;/b&gt; is applied if there is special pricing based on percentage. When a Markup Group is applied to a customer, the the percentages are automatically calculated on customer orders as well as any quantity pricing discounts or minimum quantity requirements.<br /> :32. &lt;b&gt;Cost Change Price&lt;/b&gt; when checked will auto-update (&quot;recalc inventory item&quot;) prices for the given inventory item when any inventory posting happens where the cost is changed.<br /> :33. &lt;b&gt;Last Cost Date&lt;/b&gt; is a stored value that displays the invoice date/time stamp of the last time the cost was updated (last inventory posting where cost was changed). See Field Help in Epiphany for more information.<br /> <br /> === Inventory Transaction ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> ::*Automatically fulfilled when shipment or receipt is generated<br /> ::*Manual entry can be done when adjusting inventory manually<br /> === Quote ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Quote<br /> :Similar to entering an order, but starts as a quote<br /> :#Enter Company in Quote to<br /> :#Enter Company in Ship to if different from Quote to<br /> :#Enter Ship Via if preference<br /> :#Enter Customer PO<br /> :#Enter SalesPerson, if applicable<br /> :#Enter items in Quote Lines<br /> ::::a. Enter Type<br /> ::::b. Enter Quantity<br /> ::::c. Enter Unit Price and tab through<br /> ::::d. If Tax Exempt, uncheck box<br /> ::::e. Click Save<br /> :Buttons<br /> ::*Create an Invoice – create invoice from current displayed quote<br /> ::*Create Order – create an order from currently displayed order<br /> ::*Copy Quote – copy quote to start a new quote with same information<br /> === Pick List ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Pick List<br /> :Once an Inventory Order is entered a pick list can be created<br /> :#Search to find specific Pick List<br /> :#Print Pick List<br /> :#Once Picked, click Create AR Invoice(button)<br /> === Inventory Reports ===<br /> :* Price List Report<br /> :* Inventory Reorder<br /> :* Physical Inventory Worksheet<br /> :* See Insight Reporting for all available Inventory reports</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Inventory&diff=635 2020-05-08T16:11:07Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Inventory Entry */</p> <hr /> <div>==Inventory==<br /> === Inventory Screen ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> :Tabs<br /> ::*Main – main inventory item demographics<br /> ::*Assembly – parts assembly for inventory item<br /> ::*Process – displays operations attached to inventory record<br /> ::*Product Builder – product builder for inventory item<br /> ::*Substitutions – product substitutions allowed for inventory item<br /> ::*Revisions – records revisions to inventory item<br /> ::*Serial Entry – displays serial numbers for inventory item<br /> ::*Images – displays/stores images for inventory item<br /> ::*Locations – In-Stock Breakdown (different warehouse/locations)<br /> ::*POS – Point-of-Sale information for Inventory Item<br /> ::*Inv Tran History – displays history for inventory item<br /> ::*Current Activity – displays open orders and open pick lists containing inventory item<br /> ::*Other History – displays production run history<br /> :Buttons (Main Tab)<br /> ::*Create Adj<br /> :::*Used when inventory is off after physical count<br /> ::*Move (Location of inventory breakdown at different warehouses/locations)<br /> :::*Used to move inventory from one location to another<br /> ::*Recalculate Prices<br /> :::*Adjusts the price levels based on changes in markup, discount, or last cost<br /> ::*Update Orders<br /> :::*Updates existing orders in system if prices are recalculated<br /> ::*Print UPC<br /> :::*Prints barcode from UPC field<br /> <br /> === Inventory Entry ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> #Click &lt;b&gt;Add&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Number&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Description&lt;/b&gt; (this description will appear on Invoices, etc.)<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Long Description&lt;/b&gt;, if desired<br /> #Select a &lt;b&gt;Category&lt;/b&gt; if categories are utilized<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Manufacturer&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter Drawing &lt;b&gt;Number&lt;/b&gt; if using blueprints<br /> #&lt;b&gt;Rev&lt;/b&gt; displays current revision from Revisions Tab<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;UPC&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;GL Group&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The GL Group(s) that an invoice for this part will apply to.<br /> :11. Dimensions<br /> ::*Weight<br /> ::*Length<br /> ::*Width<br /> ::*Height<br /> :12. &lt;b&gt;In Stock Qty&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Automaticaly adjusted when receiving in parts and fulfilling customer orders.<br /> :13. Enter &lt;b&gt;Unit Desc&lt;/b&gt;<br /> :14. Enter &lt;b&gt;Minimum Stock&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Quantity to always be in stock (for purposes of reordering).<br /> :15. Displays &lt;b&gt;Locations&lt;/b&gt; of where parts are stocked<br /> :16. Enter &lt;b&gt;Ctry of Origin&lt;/b&gt; of where the part came from<br /> :17. Enter &lt;b&gt;Tariff Code&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The code that is used for International Sales codes from teh United States International Trade Commission. rever to the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States for this information.<br /> :18. &lt;b&gt;Reserve Qty&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Specifies the quantity of this part that should always be in stock. For example, these parts may be required for production run purposes and should not be sold.<br /> :19. &lt;b&gt;Lead Days&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Indicates the number of days needed to order and recieve the part from the supplier.<br /> :20. Enter &lt;b&gt;Cubic Feet&lt;/b&gt; if applicable<br /> :21. Enter &lt;b&gt;Guage&lt;/b&gt; if applicable<br /> :22. Enter &lt;b&gt;Count Per Qty&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The amount of individual parts per unit. For example, one unit may be a pallet of 15 individual parts, making the count per unit 15.<br /> :23. Enter &lt;b&gt;Color&lt;/b&gt; of part, if applicable<br /> :24. &lt;b&gt;Inventory Location Breakdown&lt;/b&gt; displays the quantity in stock at each location.<br /> :25. &lt;b&gt;In Stock by Lot/Serial#&lt;/b&gt; displays the quantities in stock by serial number.<br /> :26. &lt;b&gt;Price/Costs&lt;/b&gt; The &lt;b&gt;Retail Price&lt;/b&gt; is entered here. Price Levels can be set at different markups and discounts (applied from the last cost of the unit).<br /> :27. &lt;b&gt;Extra Shipping&lt;/b&gt; can be applied to the unit.<br /> :28. &lt;b&gt;Sales Price/Start Date/End Date&lt;/b&gt; displays the sale price of the unit and when the sale starts and ends.<br /> :29. &lt;b&gt;Quantity Pricing&lt;/b&gt; shows minimum quantity of part to be purchased or special quantity pricing.<br /> :30. &lt;b&gt;Suppliers/Customers Part#&lt;/b&gt; shows the different suppliers for the part, their part number, and minimum order quantity, if applicable. <br /> :31. &lt;b&gt;Markup Group&lt;/b&gt; is applied if there is special pricing based on percentage. When a Markup Group is applied to a customer, the the percentages are automatically calculated on customer orders as well as any quantity pricing discounts or minimum quantity requirements.<br /> :32. &lt;b&gt;Cost Change Price&lt;/b&gt; when checked will auto-update (&quot;recalc inventory item&quot;) prices for the given inventory item when any inventory posting happens where the cost is changed.<br /> :33. &lt;b&gt;Last Cost Date&lt;/b&gt; is a stored value that displays the invoice date/time stamp of the last time the cost was updated (last inventory posting where cost was changed). See Field Help in Epiphany for more information.<br /> <br /> === Inventory Transaction ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> ::*Automatically fulfilled when shipment or receipt is generated<br /> ::*Manual entry can be done when adjusting inventory manually<br /> === Quote ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Quote<br /> :Similar to entering an order, but starts as a quote<br /> :#Enter Company in Quote to<br /> :#Enter Company in Ship to if different from Quote to<br /> :#Enter Ship Via if preference<br /> :#Enter Customer PO<br /> :#Enter SalesPerson, if applicable<br /> :#Enter items in Quote Lines<br /> ::::a. Enter Type<br /> ::::b. Enter Quantity<br /> ::::c. Enter Unit Price and tab through<br /> ::::d. If Tax Exempt, uncheck box<br /> ::::e. Click Save<br /> :Buttons<br /> ::*Create an Invoice – create invoice from current displayed quote<br /> ::*Create Order – create an order from currently displayed order<br /> ::*Copy Quote – copy quote to start a new quote with same information<br /> === Pick List ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Pick List<br /> :Once an Inventory Order is entered a pick list can be created<br /> :#Search to find specific Pick List<br /> :#Print Pick List<br /> :#Once Picked, click Create AR Invoice(button)<br /> === Inventory Reports ===<br /> :* Price List Report<br /> :* Inventory Reorder<br /> :* Physical Inventory Worksheet<br /> :* See Insight Reporting for all available Inventory reports</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Inventory&diff=634 2020-05-08T15:55:21Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Inventory Entry */</p> <hr /> <div>==Inventory==<br /> === Inventory Screen ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> :Tabs<br /> ::*Main – main inventory item demographics<br /> ::*Assembly – parts assembly for inventory item<br /> ::*Process – displays operations attached to inventory record<br /> ::*Product Builder – product builder for inventory item<br /> ::*Substitutions – product substitutions allowed for inventory item<br /> ::*Revisions – records revisions to inventory item<br /> ::*Serial Entry – displays serial numbers for inventory item<br /> ::*Images – displays/stores images for inventory item<br /> ::*Locations – In-Stock Breakdown (different warehouse/locations)<br /> ::*POS – Point-of-Sale information for Inventory Item<br /> ::*Inv Tran History – displays history for inventory item<br /> ::*Current Activity – displays open orders and open pick lists containing inventory item<br /> ::*Other History – displays production run history<br /> :Buttons (Main Tab)<br /> ::*Create Adj<br /> :::*Used when inventory is off after physical count<br /> ::*Move (Location of inventory breakdown at different warehouses/locations)<br /> :::*Used to move inventory from one location to another<br /> ::*Recalculate Prices<br /> :::*Adjusts the price levels based on changes in markup, discount, or last cost<br /> ::*Update Orders<br /> :::*Updates existing orders in system if prices are recalculated<br /> ::*Print UPC<br /> :::*Prints barcode from UPC field<br /> <br /> === Inventory Entry ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> #Click &lt;b&gt;Add&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Number&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Description&lt;/b&gt; (this description will appear on Invoices, etc.)<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Long Description&lt;/b&gt;, if desired<br /> #Select a &lt;b&gt;Category&lt;/b&gt; if categories are utilized<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Manufacturer&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter Drawing &lt;b&gt;Number&lt;/b&gt; if using blueprints<br /> #&lt;b&gt;Rev&lt;/b&gt; displays current revision from Revisions Tab<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;UPC&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;GL Group&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The GL Group(s) that an invoice for this part will apply to.<br /> :11. Dimensions<br /> ::*Weight<br /> ::*Length<br /> ::*Width<br /> ::*Height<br /> :12. &lt;b&gt;In Stock Qty&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Automaticaly adjusted when receiving in parts and fulfilling customer orders.<br /> :13. Enter &lt;b&gt;Unit Desc&lt;/b&gt;<br /> :14. Enter &lt;b&gt;Minimum Stock&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Quantity to always be in stock (for purposes of reordering).<br /> :15. Displays &lt;b&gt;Locations&lt;/b&gt; of where parts are stocked<br /> :16. Enter &lt;b&gt;Ctry of Origin&lt;/b&gt; of where the part came from<br /> :17. Enter &lt;b&gt;Tariff Code&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The code that is used for International Sales codes from teh United States International Trade Commission. rever to the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States for this information.<br /> :18. &lt;b&gt;Reserve Qty&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Specifies the quantity of this part that should always be in stock. For example, these parts may be required for production run purposes and should not be sold.<br /> :19. &lt;b&gt;Lead Days&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Indicates the number of days needed to order and recieve the part from the supplier.<br /> :20. Enter &lt;b&gt;Cubic Feet&lt;/b&gt; if applicable<br /> :21. Enter &lt;b&gt;Guage&lt;/b&gt; if applicable<br /> :22. Enter &lt;b&gt;Count Per Qty&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The amount of individual parts per unit. For example, one unit may be a pallet of 15 individual parts, making the count per unit 15.<br /> :23. Enter &lt;b&gt;Color&lt;/b&gt; of part, if applicable<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> Suppliers/Customers Part#<br /> ::*Used if internal part number is different from manufacturer part number<br /> :24. &lt;b&gt;Inventory Location Breakdown&lt;/b&gt; displays the quantity in stock at each location.<br /> :25. &lt;b&gt;In Stock by Lot/Serial#&lt;/b&gt; displays the quantities in stock by serial number.<br /> :26. &lt;b&gt;Price/Costs&lt;/b&gt; The &lt;b&gt;Retail Price&lt;/b&gt; is entered here. Price Levels can be set at different markups and discounts (applied from the last cost of the unit).<br /> :27. &lt;b&gt;Extra Shipping&lt;/b&gt; can be applied to the unit.<br /> :28. &lt;b&gt;Sales Price/Start Date/End Date&lt;/b&gt; displays the sale price of the unit and when the sale starts and ends.<br /> :29. &lt;b&gt;Quantity Pricing&lt;/b&gt; shows minimum quantity of part to be purchased or special quantity pricing.<br /> :30. &lt;b&gt;Suppliers/Customers Part#&lt;/b&gt; shows the different suppliers for the part, their part number, and minimum order quantity, if applicable. <br /> :31. &lt;b&gt;Markup Group&lt;/b&gt; is applied if there is special pricing based on percentage. When a Markup Group is applied to a customer, the the percentages are automatically calculated on customer orders as well as any quantity pricing discounts or minimum quantity requirements.<br /> :32. &lt;b&gt;Cost Change Price&lt;/b&gt; when checked will auto-update (&quot;recalc inventory item&quot;) prices for the given inventory item when any inventory posting happens where the cost is changed.<br /> :33. &lt;b&gt;Last Cost Date&lt;/b&gt; is a stored value that displays the invoice date/time stamp of the last time the cost was updated (last inventory posting where cost was changed). See Field Help in Epiphany for more information.<br /> <br /> === Inventory Transaction ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> ::*Automatically fulfilled when shipment or receipt is generated<br /> ::*Manual entry can be done when adjusting inventory manually<br /> === Quote ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Quote<br /> :Similar to entering an order, but starts as a quote<br /> :#Enter Company in Quote to<br /> :#Enter Company in Ship to if different from Quote to<br /> :#Enter Ship Via if preference<br /> :#Enter Customer PO<br /> :#Enter SalesPerson, if applicable<br /> :#Enter items in Quote Lines<br /> ::::a. Enter Type<br /> ::::b. Enter Quantity<br /> ::::c. Enter Unit Price and tab through<br /> ::::d. If Tax Exempt, uncheck box<br /> ::::e. Click Save<br /> :Buttons<br /> ::*Create an Invoice – create invoice from current displayed quote<br /> ::*Create Order – create an order from currently displayed order<br /> ::*Copy Quote – copy quote to start a new quote with same information<br /> === Pick List ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Pick List<br /> :Once an Inventory Order is entered a pick list can be created<br /> :#Search to find specific Pick List<br /> :#Print Pick List<br /> :#Once Picked, click Create AR Invoice(button)<br /> === Inventory Reports ===<br /> :* Price List Report<br /> :* Inventory Reorder<br /> :* Physical Inventory Worksheet<br /> :* See Insight Reporting for all available Inventory reports</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Inventory&diff=633 2020-05-07T18:25:45Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Inventory Entry */</p> <hr /> <div>==Inventory==<br /> === Inventory Screen ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> :Tabs<br /> ::*Main – main inventory item demographics<br /> ::*Assembly – parts assembly for inventory item<br /> ::*Process – displays operations attached to inventory record<br /> ::*Product Builder – product builder for inventory item<br /> ::*Substitutions – product substitutions allowed for inventory item<br /> ::*Revisions – records revisions to inventory item<br /> ::*Serial Entry – displays serial numbers for inventory item<br /> ::*Images – displays/stores images for inventory item<br /> ::*Locations – In-Stock Breakdown (different warehouse/locations)<br /> ::*POS – Point-of-Sale information for Inventory Item<br /> ::*Inv Tran History – displays history for inventory item<br /> ::*Current Activity – displays open orders and open pick lists containing inventory item<br /> ::*Other History – displays production run history<br /> :Buttons (Main Tab)<br /> ::*Create Adj<br /> :::*Used when inventory is off after physical count<br /> ::*Move (Location of inventory breakdown at different warehouses/locations)<br /> :::*Used to move inventory from one location to another<br /> ::*Recalculate Prices<br /> :::*Adjusts the price levels based on changes in markup, discount, or last cost<br /> ::*Update Orders<br /> :::*Updates existing orders in system if prices are recalculated<br /> ::*Print UPC<br /> :::*Prints barcode from UPC field<br /> <br /> === Inventory Entry ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> #Click &lt;b&gt;Add&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Number&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Description&lt;/b&gt; (this description will appear on Invoices, etc.)<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Long Description&lt;/b&gt;, if desired<br /> #Select a &lt;b&gt;Category&lt;/b&gt; if categories are utilized<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Manufacturer&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter Drawing &lt;b&gt;Number&lt;/b&gt; if using blueprints<br /> #&lt;b&gt;Rev&lt;/b&gt; displays current revision from Revisions Tab<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;UPC&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;GL Group&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The GL Group(s) that an invoice for this part will apply to.<br /> :11. Dimensions<br /> ::*Weight<br /> ::*Length<br /> ::*Width<br /> ::*Height<br /> :12. &lt;b&gt;In Stock Qty&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Automaticaly adjusted when receiving in parts and fulfilling customer orders.<br /> :13. Enter &lt;b&gt;Unit Desc&lt;/b&gt;<br /> :14. Enter &lt;b&gt;Minimum Stock&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Quantity to always be in stock (for purposes of reordering).<br /> :15. Displays &lt;b&gt;Locations&lt;/b&gt; of where parts are stocked<br /> :16. Enter &lt;b&gt;Ctry of Origin&lt;/b&gt; of where the part came from<br /> :17. Enter &lt;b&gt;Tariff Code&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The code that is used for International Sales codes from teh United States International Trade Commission. rever to the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States for this information.<br /> :18. &lt;b&gt;Reserve Qty&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Specifies the quantity of this part that should always be in stock. For example, these parts may be required for production run purposes and should not be sold.<br /> :19. &lt;b&gt;Lead Days&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Indicates the number of days needed to order and recieve the part from the supplier.<br /> :20. Enter &lt;b&gt;Cubic Feet&lt;/b&gt; if applicable<br /> :21. Enter &lt;b&gt;Guage&lt;/b&gt; if applicable<br /> :22. Enter &lt;b&gt;Count Per Qty&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The amount of individual parts per unit. For example, one unit may be a pallet of 15 individual parts, making the count per unit 15.<br /> :23. Enter &lt;b&gt;Color&lt;/b&gt; of part, if applicable<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> Suppliers/Customers Part#<br /> ::*Used if internal part number is different from manufacturer part number<br /> <br /> === Inventory Transaction ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> ::*Automatically fulfilled when shipment or receipt is generated<br /> ::*Manual entry can be done when adjusting inventory manually<br /> === Quote ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Quote<br /> :Similar to entering an order, but starts as a quote<br /> :#Enter Company in Quote to<br /> :#Enter Company in Ship to if different from Quote to<br /> :#Enter Ship Via if preference<br /> :#Enter Customer PO<br /> :#Enter SalesPerson, if applicable<br /> :#Enter items in Quote Lines<br /> ::::a. Enter Type<br /> ::::b. Enter Quantity<br /> ::::c. Enter Unit Price and tab through<br /> ::::d. If Tax Exempt, uncheck box<br /> ::::e. Click Save<br /> :Buttons<br /> ::*Create an Invoice – create invoice from current displayed quote<br /> ::*Create Order – create an order from currently displayed order<br /> ::*Copy Quote – copy quote to start a new quote with same information<br /> === Pick List ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Pick List<br /> :Once an Inventory Order is entered a pick list can be created<br /> :#Search to find specific Pick List<br /> :#Print Pick List<br /> :#Once Picked, click Create AR Invoice(button)<br /> === Inventory Reports ===<br /> :* Price List Report<br /> :* Inventory Reorder<br /> :* Physical Inventory Worksheet<br /> :* See Insight Reporting for all available Inventory reports</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Inventory&diff=632 2020-05-07T18:24:14Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Inventory Entry */</p> <hr /> <div>==Inventory==<br /> === Inventory Screen ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> :Tabs<br /> ::*Main – main inventory item demographics<br /> ::*Assembly – parts assembly for inventory item<br /> ::*Process – displays operations attached to inventory record<br /> ::*Product Builder – product builder for inventory item<br /> ::*Substitutions – product substitutions allowed for inventory item<br /> ::*Revisions – records revisions to inventory item<br /> ::*Serial Entry – displays serial numbers for inventory item<br /> ::*Images – displays/stores images for inventory item<br /> ::*Locations – In-Stock Breakdown (different warehouse/locations)<br /> ::*POS – Point-of-Sale information for Inventory Item<br /> ::*Inv Tran History – displays history for inventory item<br /> ::*Current Activity – displays open orders and open pick lists containing inventory item<br /> ::*Other History – displays production run history<br /> :Buttons (Main Tab)<br /> ::*Create Adj<br /> :::*Used when inventory is off after physical count<br /> ::*Move (Location of inventory breakdown at different warehouses/locations)<br /> :::*Used to move inventory from one location to another<br /> ::*Recalculate Prices<br /> :::*Adjusts the price levels based on changes in markup, discount, or last cost<br /> ::*Update Orders<br /> :::*Updates existing orders in system if prices are recalculated<br /> ::*Print UPC<br /> :::*Prints barcode from UPC field<br /> <br /> === Inventory Entry ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> #Click &lt;b&gt;Add&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Number&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Description&lt;/b&gt; (this description will appear on Invoices, etc.)<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Long Description&lt;/b&gt;, if desired<br /> #Select a &lt;b&gt;Category&lt;/b&gt; if categories are utilized<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Manufacturer&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter Drawing &lt;b&gt;Number&lt;/b&gt; if using blueprints<br /> #&lt;b&gt;Rev&lt;/b&gt; displays current revision from Revisions Tab<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;UPC&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;GL Group&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The GL Group(s) that an invoice for this part will apply to.<br /> :11. Dimensions<br /> ::*Weight<br /> ::*Length<br /> ::*Width<br /> ::*Height<br /> :12. &lt;b&gt;In Stock Qty&lt;/b&gt; automaticaly adjusted when receiving in parts and fulfilling customer orders<br /> :13. Enter &lt;b&gt;Unit Desc&lt;/b&gt;<br /> :14. Enter &lt;b&gt;Minimum Stock&lt;/b&gt; of quantity to always be in stock (for reordering)<br /> :15. Displays &lt;b&gt;Locations&lt;/b&gt; of where parts are stocked<br /> :16. Enter &lt;b&gt;Ctry of Origin&lt;/b&gt; of where the part came from<br /> :17. Enter &lt;b&gt;Tariff Code&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The code that is used for International Sales codes from teh United States International Trade Commission. rever to the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States for this information.<br /> :18. &lt;b&gt;Reserve Qty&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Specifies the quantity of this part that should always be in stock. For example, these parts may be required for production run purposes and should not be sold.<br /> :19. &lt;b&gt;Lead Days&lt;/b&gt; indicates the number of days needed to order and recieve the part from the supplier<br /> :20. Enter &lt;b&gt;Cubic Feet&lt;/b&gt; if applicable<br /> :21. Enter &lt;b&gt;Guage&lt;/b&gt; if applicable<br /> :22. Enter &lt;b&gt;Count Per Qty&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The amount of individual parts per unit. For example, one unit may be a pallet of 15 individual parts, making the count per unit 15.<br /> :23. Enter &lt;b&gt;Color&lt;/b&gt; of part, if applicable<br /> &lt;br&gt;<br /> Suppliers/Customers Part#<br /> ::*Used if internal part number is different from manufacturer part number<br /> <br /> === Inventory Transaction ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> ::*Automatically fulfilled when shipment or receipt is generated<br /> ::*Manual entry can be done when adjusting inventory manually<br /> === Quote ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Quote<br /> :Similar to entering an order, but starts as a quote<br /> :#Enter Company in Quote to<br /> :#Enter Company in Ship to if different from Quote to<br /> :#Enter Ship Via if preference<br /> :#Enter Customer PO<br /> :#Enter SalesPerson, if applicable<br /> :#Enter items in Quote Lines<br /> ::::a. Enter Type<br /> ::::b. Enter Quantity<br /> ::::c. Enter Unit Price and tab through<br /> ::::d. If Tax Exempt, uncheck box<br /> ::::e. Click Save<br /> :Buttons<br /> ::*Create an Invoice – create invoice from current displayed quote<br /> ::*Create Order – create an order from currently displayed order<br /> ::*Copy Quote – copy quote to start a new quote with same information<br /> === Pick List ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Pick List<br /> :Once an Inventory Order is entered a pick list can be created<br /> :#Search to find specific Pick List<br /> :#Print Pick List<br /> :#Once Picked, click Create AR Invoice(button)<br /> === Inventory Reports ===<br /> :* Price List Report<br /> :* Inventory Reorder<br /> :* Physical Inventory Worksheet<br /> :* See Insight Reporting for all available Inventory reports</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Inventory&diff=631 2020-05-07T18:23:24Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Inventory Entry */</p> <hr /> <div>==Inventory==<br /> === Inventory Screen ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> :Tabs<br /> ::*Main – main inventory item demographics<br /> ::*Assembly – parts assembly for inventory item<br /> ::*Process – displays operations attached to inventory record<br /> ::*Product Builder – product builder for inventory item<br /> ::*Substitutions – product substitutions allowed for inventory item<br /> ::*Revisions – records revisions to inventory item<br /> ::*Serial Entry – displays serial numbers for inventory item<br /> ::*Images – displays/stores images for inventory item<br /> ::*Locations – In-Stock Breakdown (different warehouse/locations)<br /> ::*POS – Point-of-Sale information for Inventory Item<br /> ::*Inv Tran History – displays history for inventory item<br /> ::*Current Activity – displays open orders and open pick lists containing inventory item<br /> ::*Other History – displays production run history<br /> :Buttons (Main Tab)<br /> ::*Create Adj<br /> :::*Used when inventory is off after physical count<br /> ::*Move (Location of inventory breakdown at different warehouses/locations)<br /> :::*Used to move inventory from one location to another<br /> ::*Recalculate Prices<br /> :::*Adjusts the price levels based on changes in markup, discount, or last cost<br /> ::*Update Orders<br /> :::*Updates existing orders in system if prices are recalculated<br /> ::*Print UPC<br /> :::*Prints barcode from UPC field<br /> <br /> === Inventory Entry ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> #Click &lt;b&gt;Add&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Number&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Description&lt;/b&gt; (this description will appear on Invoices, etc.)<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Long Description&lt;/b&gt;, if desired<br /> #Select a &lt;b&gt;Category&lt;/b&gt; if categories are utilized<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Manufacturer&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter Drawing &lt;b&gt;Number&lt;/b&gt; if using blueprints<br /> #&lt;b&gt;Rev&lt;/b&gt; displays current revision from Revisions Tab<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;UPC&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;GL Group&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The GL Group(s) that an invoice for this part will apply to.<br /> :11. Dimensions<br /> ::*Weight<br /> ::*Length<br /> ::*Width<br /> ::*Height<br /> :12. &lt;b&gt;In Stock Qty&lt;/b&gt; automaticaly adjusted when receiving in parts and fulfilling customer orders<br /> :13. Enter &lt;b&gt;Unit Desc&lt;/b&gt;<br /> :14. Enter &lt;b&gt;Minimum Stock&lt;/b&gt; of quantity to always be in stock (for reordering)<br /> :15. Displays &lt;b&gt;Locations&lt;/b&gt; of where parts are stocked<br /> :16. Enter &lt;b&gt;Ctry of Origin&lt;/b&gt; of where the part came from<br /> :17. Enter &lt;b&gt;Tariff Code&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The code that is used for International Sales codes from teh United States International Trade Commission. rever to the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States for this information.<br /> :18. &lt;b&gt;Reserve Qty&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*Specifies the quantity of this part that should always be in stock. For example, these parts may be required for production run purposes and should not be sold.<br /> :19. &lt;b&gt;Lead Days&lt;/b&gt; indicates the number of days needed to order and recieve the part from the supplier<br /> :20. Enter &lt;b&gt;Cubic Feet&lt;/b&gt; if applicable<br /> :21. Enter &lt;b&gt;Guage&lt;/b&gt; if applicable<br /> :22. Enter &lt;b&gt;Count Per Qty&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The amount of individual parts per unit. For example, one unit may be a pallet of 15 individual parts, making the count per unit 15.<br /> :23. Enter &lt;b&gt;Color&lt;/b&gt; of part, if applicable<br /> #Suppliers/Customers Part#<br /> ::*Used if internal part number is different from manufacturer part number<br /> <br /> === Inventory Transaction ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> ::*Automatically fulfilled when shipment or receipt is generated<br /> ::*Manual entry can be done when adjusting inventory manually<br /> === Quote ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Quote<br /> :Similar to entering an order, but starts as a quote<br /> :#Enter Company in Quote to<br /> :#Enter Company in Ship to if different from Quote to<br /> :#Enter Ship Via if preference<br /> :#Enter Customer PO<br /> :#Enter SalesPerson, if applicable<br /> :#Enter items in Quote Lines<br /> ::::a. Enter Type<br /> ::::b. Enter Quantity<br /> ::::c. Enter Unit Price and tab through<br /> ::::d. If Tax Exempt, uncheck box<br /> ::::e. Click Save<br /> :Buttons<br /> ::*Create an Invoice – create invoice from current displayed quote<br /> ::*Create Order – create an order from currently displayed order<br /> ::*Copy Quote – copy quote to start a new quote with same information<br /> === Pick List ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Pick List<br /> :Once an Inventory Order is entered a pick list can be created<br /> :#Search to find specific Pick List<br /> :#Print Pick List<br /> :#Once Picked, click Create AR Invoice(button)<br /> === Inventory Reports ===<br /> :* Price List Report<br /> :* Inventory Reorder<br /> :* Physical Inventory Worksheet<br /> :* See Insight Reporting for all available Inventory reports</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Inventory&diff=630 2020-05-07T18:22:28Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Inventory Entry */</p> <hr /> <div>==Inventory==<br /> === Inventory Screen ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> :Tabs<br /> ::*Main – main inventory item demographics<br /> ::*Assembly – parts assembly for inventory item<br /> ::*Process – displays operations attached to inventory record<br /> ::*Product Builder – product builder for inventory item<br /> ::*Substitutions – product substitutions allowed for inventory item<br /> ::*Revisions – records revisions to inventory item<br /> ::*Serial Entry – displays serial numbers for inventory item<br /> ::*Images – displays/stores images for inventory item<br /> ::*Locations – In-Stock Breakdown (different warehouse/locations)<br /> ::*POS – Point-of-Sale information for Inventory Item<br /> ::*Inv Tran History – displays history for inventory item<br /> ::*Current Activity – displays open orders and open pick lists containing inventory item<br /> ::*Other History – displays production run history<br /> :Buttons (Main Tab)<br /> ::*Create Adj<br /> :::*Used when inventory is off after physical count<br /> ::*Move (Location of inventory breakdown at different warehouses/locations)<br /> :::*Used to move inventory from one location to another<br /> ::*Recalculate Prices<br /> :::*Adjusts the price levels based on changes in markup, discount, or last cost<br /> ::*Update Orders<br /> :::*Updates existing orders in system if prices are recalculated<br /> ::*Print UPC<br /> :::*Prints barcode from UPC field<br /> <br /> === Inventory Entry ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> #Click &lt;b&gt;Add&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Number&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Description&lt;/b&gt; (this description will appear on Invoices, etc.)<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Long Description&lt;/b&gt;, if desired<br /> #Select a &lt;b&gt;Category&lt;/b&gt; if categories are utilized<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Manufacturer&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter Drawing &lt;b&gt;Number&lt;/b&gt; if using blueprints<br /> #&lt;b&gt;Rev&lt;/b&gt; displays current revision from Revisions Tab<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;UPC&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;GL Group&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The GL Group(s) that an invoice for this part will apply to.<br /> :11. Dimensions<br /> ::*Weight<br /> ::*Length<br /> ::*Width<br /> ::*Height<br /> :12. &lt;b&gt;In Stock Qty&lt;/b&gt; automaticaly adjusted when receiving in parts and fulfilling customer orders<br /> :13. Enter &lt;b&gt;Unit Desc&lt;/b&gt;<br /> :14. Enter &lt;b&gt;Minimum Stock&lt;/b&gt; of quantity to always be in stock (for reordering)<br /> :15. Displays &lt;b&gt;Locations&lt;/b&gt; of where parts are stocked<br /> :16. Enter &lt;b&gt;Ctry of Origin&lt;/b&gt; of where the part came from<br /> :17. Enter &lt;b&gt;Tariff Code&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The code that is used for International Sales codes from teh United States International Trade Commission. rever to the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States for this information.<br /> :18. &lt;b&gt;Reserve Qty&lt;/b&gt; specifies the quantity of this part that should always be in stock. For example, these parts may be required for production run purposes and should not be sold.<br /> :19. &lt;b&gt;Lead Days&lt;/b&gt; indicates the number of days needed to order and recieve the part from the supplier<br /> :20. Enter &lt;b&gt;Cubic Feet&lt;/b&gt; if applicable<br /> :21. Enter &lt;b&gt;Guage&lt;/b&gt; if applicable<br /> :22. Enter &lt;b&gt;Count Per Qty&lt;/b&gt; is the amount of individual parts per unit. For example, one unit may be a pallet of 15 individual parts, making the count per unit 15.<br /> :23. Enter &lt;b&gt;Color&lt;/b&gt; of part, if applicable<br /> #Suppliers/Customers Part#<br /> ::*Used if internal part number is different from manufacturer part number<br /> <br /> === Inventory Transaction ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> ::*Automatically fulfilled when shipment or receipt is generated<br /> ::*Manual entry can be done when adjusting inventory manually<br /> === Quote ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Quote<br /> :Similar to entering an order, but starts as a quote<br /> :#Enter Company in Quote to<br /> :#Enter Company in Ship to if different from Quote to<br /> :#Enter Ship Via if preference<br /> :#Enter Customer PO<br /> :#Enter SalesPerson, if applicable<br /> :#Enter items in Quote Lines<br /> ::::a. Enter Type<br /> ::::b. Enter Quantity<br /> ::::c. Enter Unit Price and tab through<br /> ::::d. If Tax Exempt, uncheck box<br /> ::::e. Click Save<br /> :Buttons<br /> ::*Create an Invoice – create invoice from current displayed quote<br /> ::*Create Order – create an order from currently displayed order<br /> ::*Copy Quote – copy quote to start a new quote with same information<br /> === Pick List ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Pick List<br /> :Once an Inventory Order is entered a pick list can be created<br /> :#Search to find specific Pick List<br /> :#Print Pick List<br /> :#Once Picked, click Create AR Invoice(button)<br /> === Inventory Reports ===<br /> :* Price List Report<br /> :* Inventory Reorder<br /> :* Physical Inventory Worksheet<br /> :* See Insight Reporting for all available Inventory reports</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Inventory&diff=629 2020-05-07T18:21:15Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Inventory Entry */</p> <hr /> <div>==Inventory==<br /> === Inventory Screen ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> :Tabs<br /> ::*Main – main inventory item demographics<br /> ::*Assembly – parts assembly for inventory item<br /> ::*Process – displays operations attached to inventory record<br /> ::*Product Builder – product builder for inventory item<br /> ::*Substitutions – product substitutions allowed for inventory item<br /> ::*Revisions – records revisions to inventory item<br /> ::*Serial Entry – displays serial numbers for inventory item<br /> ::*Images – displays/stores images for inventory item<br /> ::*Locations – In-Stock Breakdown (different warehouse/locations)<br /> ::*POS – Point-of-Sale information for Inventory Item<br /> ::*Inv Tran History – displays history for inventory item<br /> ::*Current Activity – displays open orders and open pick lists containing inventory item<br /> ::*Other History – displays production run history<br /> :Buttons (Main Tab)<br /> ::*Create Adj<br /> :::*Used when inventory is off after physical count<br /> ::*Move (Location of inventory breakdown at different warehouses/locations)<br /> :::*Used to move inventory from one location to another<br /> ::*Recalculate Prices<br /> :::*Adjusts the price levels based on changes in markup, discount, or last cost<br /> ::*Update Orders<br /> :::*Updates existing orders in system if prices are recalculated<br /> ::*Print UPC<br /> :::*Prints barcode from UPC field<br /> <br /> === Inventory Entry ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> #Click &lt;b&gt;Add&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Number&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Description&lt;/b&gt; (this description will appear on Invoices, etc.)<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Long Description&lt;/b&gt;, if desired<br /> #Select a &lt;b&gt;Category&lt;/b&gt; if categories are utilized<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Manufacturer&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter Drawing &lt;b&gt;Number&lt;/b&gt; if using blueprints<br /> #&lt;b&gt;Rev&lt;/b&gt; displays current revision from Revisions Tab<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;UPC&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;GL Group&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The GL Group(s) that an invoice for this part will apply to.<br /> :10. Dimensions<br /> ::*Weight<br /> ::*Length<br /> ::*Width<br /> ::*Height<br /> :11. &lt;b&gt;In Stock Qty&lt;/b&gt; automaticaly adjusted when receiving in parts and fulfilling customer orders<br /> :12. Enter &lt;b&gt;Unit Desc&lt;/b&gt;<br /> :13. Enter &lt;b&gt;Minimum Stock&lt;/b&gt; of quantity to always be in stock (for reordering)<br /> :14. Displays &lt;b&gt;Locations&lt;/b&gt; of where parts are stocked<br /> :15. Enter &lt;b&gt;Ctry of Origin&lt;/b&gt; of where the part came from<br /> :16. Enter &lt;b&gt;Tariff Code&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The code that is used for International Sales codes from teh United States International Trade Commission. rever to the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States for this information.<br /> :17. &lt;b&gt;Reserve Qty&lt;/b&gt; specifies the quantity of this part that should always be in stock. For example, these parts may be required for production run purposes and should not be sold.<br /> :18. &lt;b&gt;Lead Days&lt;/b&gt; indicates the number of days needed to order and recieve the part from the supplier<br /> :19. Enter &lt;b&gt;Cubic Feet&lt;/b&gt; if applicable<br /> :20. Enter &lt;b&gt;Guage&lt;/b? if applicable<br /> :21. Enter &lt;b&gt;Count Per Qty&lt;/b&gt; is the amount of individual parts per unit. For example, one unit may be a pallet of 15 individual parts, making the count per unit 15.<br /> :22. Enter &lt;b&gt;Color&lt;/b&gt; of part, if applicable<br /> #Suppliers/Customers Part#<br /> ::*Used if internal part number is different from manufacturer part number<br /> <br /> === Inventory Transaction ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> ::*Automatically fulfilled when shipment or receipt is generated<br /> ::*Manual entry can be done when adjusting inventory manually<br /> === Quote ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Quote<br /> :Similar to entering an order, but starts as a quote<br /> :#Enter Company in Quote to<br /> :#Enter Company in Ship to if different from Quote to<br /> :#Enter Ship Via if preference<br /> :#Enter Customer PO<br /> :#Enter SalesPerson, if applicable<br /> :#Enter items in Quote Lines<br /> ::::a. Enter Type<br /> ::::b. Enter Quantity<br /> ::::c. Enter Unit Price and tab through<br /> ::::d. If Tax Exempt, uncheck box<br /> ::::e. Click Save<br /> :Buttons<br /> ::*Create an Invoice – create invoice from current displayed quote<br /> ::*Create Order – create an order from currently displayed order<br /> ::*Copy Quote – copy quote to start a new quote with same information<br /> === Pick List ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Pick List<br /> :Once an Inventory Order is entered a pick list can be created<br /> :#Search to find specific Pick List<br /> :#Print Pick List<br /> :#Once Picked, click Create AR Invoice(button)<br /> === Inventory Reports ===<br /> :* Price List Report<br /> :* Inventory Reorder<br /> :* Physical Inventory Worksheet<br /> :* See Insight Reporting for all available Inventory reports</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Inventory&diff=628 2020-05-07T18:03:01Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Inventory Entry */</p> <hr /> <div>==Inventory==<br /> === Inventory Screen ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> :Tabs<br /> ::*Main – main inventory item demographics<br /> ::*Assembly – parts assembly for inventory item<br /> ::*Process – displays operations attached to inventory record<br /> ::*Product Builder – product builder for inventory item<br /> ::*Substitutions – product substitutions allowed for inventory item<br /> ::*Revisions – records revisions to inventory item<br /> ::*Serial Entry – displays serial numbers for inventory item<br /> ::*Images – displays/stores images for inventory item<br /> ::*Locations – In-Stock Breakdown (different warehouse/locations)<br /> ::*POS – Point-of-Sale information for Inventory Item<br /> ::*Inv Tran History – displays history for inventory item<br /> ::*Current Activity – displays open orders and open pick lists containing inventory item<br /> ::*Other History – displays production run history<br /> :Buttons (Main Tab)<br /> ::*Create Adj<br /> :::*Used when inventory is off after physical count<br /> ::*Move (Location of inventory breakdown at different warehouses/locations)<br /> :::*Used to move inventory from one location to another<br /> ::*Recalculate Prices<br /> :::*Adjusts the price levels based on changes in markup, discount, or last cost<br /> ::*Update Orders<br /> :::*Updates existing orders in system if prices are recalculated<br /> ::*Print UPC<br /> :::*Prints barcode from UPC field<br /> <br /> === Inventory Entry ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> #Click &lt;b&gt;Add&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Number&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Description&lt;/b&gt; (this description will appear on Invoices, etc.)<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Long Description&lt;/b&gt;, if desired<br /> #Select a &lt;b&gt;Category&lt;/b&gt; if categories are utilized<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Manufacturer&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter Drawing &lt;b&gt;Number&lt;/b&gt; if using blueprints<br /> #&lt;b&gt;Rev&lt;/b&gt; displays current revision from Revisions Tab<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;UPC&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;GL Group&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The GL Group(s) that an invoice for this part will apply to.<br /> :10. Dimensions<br /> ::*Weight<br /> ::*Length<br /> ::*Width<br /> ::*Height<br /> #Suppliers/Customers Part#<br /> ::*Used if internal part number is different from manufacturer part number<br /> <br /> === Inventory Transaction ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> ::*Automatically fulfilled when shipment or receipt is generated<br /> ::*Manual entry can be done when adjusting inventory manually<br /> === Quote ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Quote<br /> :Similar to entering an order, but starts as a quote<br /> :#Enter Company in Quote to<br /> :#Enter Company in Ship to if different from Quote to<br /> :#Enter Ship Via if preference<br /> :#Enter Customer PO<br /> :#Enter SalesPerson, if applicable<br /> :#Enter items in Quote Lines<br /> ::::a. Enter Type<br /> ::::b. Enter Quantity<br /> ::::c. Enter Unit Price and tab through<br /> ::::d. If Tax Exempt, uncheck box<br /> ::::e. Click Save<br /> :Buttons<br /> ::*Create an Invoice – create invoice from current displayed quote<br /> ::*Create Order – create an order from currently displayed order<br /> ::*Copy Quote – copy quote to start a new quote with same information<br /> === Pick List ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Pick List<br /> :Once an Inventory Order is entered a pick list can be created<br /> :#Search to find specific Pick List<br /> :#Print Pick List<br /> :#Once Picked, click Create AR Invoice(button)<br /> === Inventory Reports ===<br /> :* Price List Report<br /> :* Inventory Reorder<br /> :* Physical Inventory Worksheet<br /> :* See Insight Reporting for all available Inventory reports</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Inventory&diff=627 2020-05-07T18:01:52Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Inventory Entry */</p> <hr /> <div>==Inventory==<br /> === Inventory Screen ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> :Tabs<br /> ::*Main – main inventory item demographics<br /> ::*Assembly – parts assembly for inventory item<br /> ::*Process – displays operations attached to inventory record<br /> ::*Product Builder – product builder for inventory item<br /> ::*Substitutions – product substitutions allowed for inventory item<br /> ::*Revisions – records revisions to inventory item<br /> ::*Serial Entry – displays serial numbers for inventory item<br /> ::*Images – displays/stores images for inventory item<br /> ::*Locations – In-Stock Breakdown (different warehouse/locations)<br /> ::*POS – Point-of-Sale information for Inventory Item<br /> ::*Inv Tran History – displays history for inventory item<br /> ::*Current Activity – displays open orders and open pick lists containing inventory item<br /> ::*Other History – displays production run history<br /> :Buttons (Main Tab)<br /> ::*Create Adj<br /> :::*Used when inventory is off after physical count<br /> ::*Move (Location of inventory breakdown at different warehouses/locations)<br /> :::*Used to move inventory from one location to another<br /> ::*Recalculate Prices<br /> :::*Adjusts the price levels based on changes in markup, discount, or last cost<br /> ::*Update Orders<br /> :::*Updates existing orders in system if prices are recalculated<br /> ::*Print UPC<br /> :::*Prints barcode from UPC field<br /> <br /> === Inventory Entry ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> #Click &lt;b&gt;Add&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Number&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Description&lt;/b&gt; (this description will appear on Invoices, etc.)<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Long Description&lt;/b&gt;, if desired<br /> #Select a &lt;b&gt;Category&lt;/b&gt; if categories are utilized<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;Manufacturer&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter Drawing &lt;b&gt;Number&lt;/b&gt; if using blueprints<br /> #&lt;b&gt;Rev&lt;/b&gt; displays current revision from Revision Tab<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;UPC&lt;/b&gt;<br /> #Enter &lt;b&gt;GL Group&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The GL Group(s) that an invoice for this part will apply to.<br /> #Dimensions<br /> ::*Weight<br /> ::*Length<br /> ::*Width<br /> ::*Height<br /> #Suppliers/Customers Part#<br /> ::*Used if internal part number is different from manufacturer part number<br /> <br /> === Inventory Transaction ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> ::*Automatically fulfilled when shipment or receipt is generated<br /> ::*Manual entry can be done when adjusting inventory manually<br /> === Quote ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Quote<br /> :Similar to entering an order, but starts as a quote<br /> :#Enter Company in Quote to<br /> :#Enter Company in Ship to if different from Quote to<br /> :#Enter Ship Via if preference<br /> :#Enter Customer PO<br /> :#Enter SalesPerson, if applicable<br /> :#Enter items in Quote Lines<br /> ::::a. Enter Type<br /> ::::b. Enter Quantity<br /> ::::c. Enter Unit Price and tab through<br /> ::::d. If Tax Exempt, uncheck box<br /> ::::e. Click Save<br /> :Buttons<br /> ::*Create an Invoice – create invoice from current displayed quote<br /> ::*Create Order – create an order from currently displayed order<br /> ::*Copy Quote – copy quote to start a new quote with same information<br /> === Pick List ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Pick List<br /> :Once an Inventory Order is entered a pick list can be created<br /> :#Search to find specific Pick List<br /> :#Print Pick List<br /> :#Once Picked, click Create AR Invoice(button)<br /> === Inventory Reports ===<br /> :* Price List Report<br /> :* Inventory Reorder<br /> :* Physical Inventory Worksheet<br /> :* See Insight Reporting for all available Inventory reports</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Inventory&diff=626 2020-05-07T18:01:20Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Inventory Entry */</p> <hr /> <div>==Inventory==<br /> === Inventory Screen ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> :Tabs<br /> ::*Main – main inventory item demographics<br /> ::*Assembly – parts assembly for inventory item<br /> ::*Process – displays operations attached to inventory record<br /> ::*Product Builder – product builder for inventory item<br /> ::*Substitutions – product substitutions allowed for inventory item<br /> ::*Revisions – records revisions to inventory item<br /> ::*Serial Entry – displays serial numbers for inventory item<br /> ::*Images – displays/stores images for inventory item<br /> ::*Locations – In-Stock Breakdown (different warehouse/locations)<br /> ::*POS – Point-of-Sale information for Inventory Item<br /> ::*Inv Tran History – displays history for inventory item<br /> ::*Current Activity – displays open orders and open pick lists containing inventory item<br /> ::*Other History – displays production run history<br /> :Buttons (Main Tab)<br /> ::*Create Adj<br /> :::*Used when inventory is off after physical count<br /> ::*Move (Location of inventory breakdown at different warehouses/locations)<br /> :::*Used to move inventory from one location to another<br /> ::*Recalculate Prices<br /> :::*Adjusts the price levels based on changes in markup, discount, or last cost<br /> ::*Update Orders<br /> :::*Updates existing orders in system if prices are recalculated<br /> ::*Print UPC<br /> :::*Prints barcode from UPC field<br /> <br /> === Inventory Entry ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> ::#Click &lt;b&gt;Add&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::#Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Number&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::#Enter &lt;b&gt;Part Description&lt;/b&gt; (this description will appear on Invoices, etc.)<br /> ::#Enter &lt;b&gt;Long Description&lt;/b&gt;, if desired<br /> ::#Select a &lt;b&gt;Category&lt;/b&gt; if categories are utilized<br /> ::#Enter &lt;b&gt;Manufacturer&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::#Enter Drawing &lt;b&gt;Number&lt;/b&gt; if using blueprints<br /> ::#&lt;b&gt;Rev&lt;/b&gt; displays current revision from Revision Tab<br /> ::#Enter &lt;b&gt;UPC&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::#Enter &lt;b&gt;GL Group&lt;/b&gt;<br /> ::*The GL Group(s) that an invoice for this part will apply to.<br /> ::#Dimensions<br /> ::*Weight<br /> ::*Length<br /> ::*Width<br /> ::*Height<br /> ::#Suppliers/Customers Part#<br /> :::*Used if internal part number is different from manufacturer part number<br /> <br /> === Inventory Transaction ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> ::*Automatically fulfilled when shipment or receipt is generated<br /> ::*Manual entry can be done when adjusting inventory manually<br /> === Quote ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Quote<br /> :Similar to entering an order, but starts as a quote<br /> :#Enter Company in Quote to<br /> :#Enter Company in Ship to if different from Quote to<br /> :#Enter Ship Via if preference<br /> :#Enter Customer PO<br /> :#Enter SalesPerson, if applicable<br /> :#Enter items in Quote Lines<br /> ::::a. Enter Type<br /> ::::b. Enter Quantity<br /> ::::c. Enter Unit Price and tab through<br /> ::::d. If Tax Exempt, uncheck box<br /> ::::e. Click Save<br /> :Buttons<br /> ::*Create an Invoice – create invoice from current displayed quote<br /> ::*Create Order – create an order from currently displayed order<br /> ::*Copy Quote – copy quote to start a new quote with same information<br /> === Pick List ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Pick List<br /> :Once an Inventory Order is entered a pick list can be created<br /> :#Search to find specific Pick List<br /> :#Print Pick List<br /> :#Once Picked, click Create AR Invoice(button)<br /> === Inventory Reports ===<br /> :* Price List Report<br /> :* Inventory Reorder<br /> :* Physical Inventory Worksheet<br /> :* See Insight Reporting for all available Inventory reports</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Inventory&diff=625 2020-05-07T17:50:19Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Inventory Screen */</p> <hr /> <div>==Inventory==<br /> === Inventory Screen ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> :Tabs<br /> ::*Main – main inventory item demographics<br /> ::*Assembly – parts assembly for inventory item<br /> ::*Process – displays operations attached to inventory record<br /> ::*Product Builder – product builder for inventory item<br /> ::*Substitutions – product substitutions allowed for inventory item<br /> ::*Revisions – records revisions to inventory item<br /> ::*Serial Entry – displays serial numbers for inventory item<br /> ::*Images – displays/stores images for inventory item<br /> ::*Locations – In-Stock Breakdown (different warehouse/locations)<br /> ::*POS – Point-of-Sale information for Inventory Item<br /> ::*Inv Tran History – displays history for inventory item<br /> ::*Current Activity – displays open orders and open pick lists containing inventory item<br /> ::*Other History – displays production run history<br /> :Buttons (Main Tab)<br /> ::*Create Adj<br /> :::*Used when inventory is off after physical count<br /> ::*Move (Location of inventory breakdown at different warehouses/locations)<br /> :::*Used to move inventory from one location to another<br /> ::*Recalculate Prices<br /> :::*Adjusts the price levels based on changes in markup, discount, or last cost<br /> ::*Update Orders<br /> :::*Updates existing orders in system if prices are recalculated<br /> ::*Print UPC<br /> :::*Prints barcode from UPC field<br /> <br /> === Inventory Entry ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> ::1. Click Add <br /> ::2. Enter Part Number<br /> ::3. Enter Part Description (this description will appear on Invoices, etc.)<br /> ::4. Enter Long Description, if desired<br /> ::5. Select Category if categories are utilized<br /> :::*Fill in remaining pertinent fields pertaining to your company’s inventory<br /> ::6. Suppliers/Customers Part#<br /> :::*Used if internal part number is different from manufacturer part number<br /> === Inventory Transaction ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> ::*Automatically fulfilled when shipment or receipt is generated<br /> ::*Manual entry can be done when adjusting inventory manually<br /> === Quote ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Quote<br /> :Similar to entering an order, but starts as a quote<br /> :#Enter Company in Quote to<br /> :#Enter Company in Ship to if different from Quote to<br /> :#Enter Ship Via if preference<br /> :#Enter Customer PO<br /> :#Enter SalesPerson, if applicable<br /> :#Enter items in Quote Lines<br /> ::::a. Enter Type<br /> ::::b. Enter Quantity<br /> ::::c. Enter Unit Price and tab through<br /> ::::d. If Tax Exempt, uncheck box<br /> ::::e. Click Save<br /> :Buttons<br /> ::*Create an Invoice – create invoice from current displayed quote<br /> ::*Create Order – create an order from currently displayed order<br /> ::*Copy Quote – copy quote to start a new quote with same information<br /> === Pick List ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Pick List<br /> :Once an Inventory Order is entered a pick list can be created<br /> :#Search to find specific Pick List<br /> :#Print Pick List<br /> :#Once Picked, click Create AR Invoice(button)<br /> === Inventory Reports ===<br /> :* Price List Report<br /> :* Inventory Reorder<br /> :* Physical Inventory Worksheet<br /> :* See Insight Reporting for all available Inventory reports</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Inventory&diff=624 2020-05-07T17:42:10Z

<p>Pmepham: </p> <hr /> <div>==Inventory==<br /> === Inventory Screen ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> :Tabs<br /> ::*Main – main inventory item demographics<br /> ::*Assembly – parts assembly for inventory item<br /> ::*Process – displays operations attached to inventory record<br /> ::*Product Builder Def – product builder for inventory item<br /> ::*Substitutions – product substitutions allowed for inventory item<br /> ::*Revisions – records revisions to inventory item<br /> ::*Serial Entry – displays serial numbers for inventory item<br /> ::*Images – displays/stores images for inventory item<br /> ::*Locations – In-Stock Breakdown (different warehouse/locations)<br /> ::*POS – Point-of-Sale information for Inventory Item<br /> ::*Inv Tran History – displays history for inventory item<br /> ::*Current Activity – displays open orders and open pick lists containing inventory item<br /> ::*Other History – displays production run history<br /> :Buttons (Main Tab)<br /> ::*Create Adjustment<br /> :::*Used when inventory is off after physical count<br /> ::*Location In-Stock Breakdown (different warehouse/locations)<br /> ::*Recalculate Prices<br /> ::*Update Orders (updates existing orders in system if prices are recalculated)<br /> ::*Print UPC (prints barcode from UPC field)<br /> ::*If inventory is tracked by serial, then indicates how much of that lot is in stock<br /> === Inventory Entry ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> ::1. Click Add <br /> ::2. Enter Part Number<br /> ::3. Enter Part Description (this description will appear on Invoices, etc.)<br /> ::4. Enter Long Description, if desired<br /> ::5. Select Category if categories are utilized<br /> :::*Fill in remaining pertinent fields pertaining to your company’s inventory<br /> ::6. Suppliers/Customers Part#<br /> :::*Used if internal part number is different from manufacturer part number<br /> === Inventory Transaction ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> ::*Automatically fulfilled when shipment or receipt is generated<br /> ::*Manual entry can be done when adjusting inventory manually<br /> === Quote ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Quote<br /> :Similar to entering an order, but starts as a quote<br /> :#Enter Company in Quote to<br /> :#Enter Company in Ship to if different from Quote to<br /> :#Enter Ship Via if preference<br /> :#Enter Customer PO<br /> :#Enter SalesPerson, if applicable<br /> :#Enter items in Quote Lines<br /> ::::a. Enter Type<br /> ::::b. Enter Quantity<br /> ::::c. Enter Unit Price and tab through<br /> ::::d. If Tax Exempt, uncheck box<br /> ::::e. Click Save<br /> :Buttons<br /> ::*Create an Invoice – create invoice from current displayed quote<br /> ::*Create Order – create an order from currently displayed order<br /> ::*Copy Quote – copy quote to start a new quote with same information<br /> === Pick List ===<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Pick List<br /> :Once an Inventory Order is entered a pick list can be created<br /> :#Search to find specific Pick List<br /> :#Print Pick List<br /> :#Once Picked, click Create AR Invoice(button)<br /> === Inventory Reports ===<br /> :* Price List Report<br /> :* Inventory Reorder<br /> :* Physical Inventory Worksheet<br /> :* See Insight Reporting for all available Inventory reports</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Inventory&diff=623 2020-05-07T17:39:29Z

<p>Pmepham: </p> <hr /> <div>==Inventory==<br /> '''Inventory Screen''' <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> :Tabs<br /> ::*Main – main inventory item demographics<br /> ::*Assembly – parts assembly for inventory item<br /> ::*Process – displays operations attached to inventory record<br /> ::*Product Builder Def – product builder for inventory item<br /> ::*Substitutions – product substitutions allowed for inventory item<br /> ::*Revisions – records revisions to inventory item<br /> ::*Serial Entry – displays serial numbers for inventory item<br /> ::*Images – displays/stores images for inventory item<br /> ::*Locations – In-Stock Breakdown (different warehouse/locations)<br /> ::*POS – Point-of-Sale information for Inventory Item<br /> ::*Inv Tran History – displays history for inventory item<br /> ::*Current Activity – displays open orders and open pick lists containing inventory item<br /> ::*Other History – displays production run history<br /> :Buttons (Main Tab)<br /> ::*Create Adjustment<br /> :::*Used when inventory is off after physical count<br /> ::*Location In-Stock Breakdown (different warehouse/locations)<br /> ::*Recalculate Prices<br /> ::*Update Orders (updates existing orders in system if prices are recalculated)<br /> ::*Print UPC (prints barcode from UPC field)<br /> ::*If inventory is tracked by serial, then indicates how much of that lot is in stock<br /> '''Inventory Entry'''<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> ::1. Click Add <br /> ::2. Enter Part Number<br /> ::3. Enter Part Description (this description will appear on Invoices, etc.)<br /> ::4. Enter Long Description, if desired<br /> ::5. Select Category if categories are utilized<br /> :::*Fill in remaining pertinent fields pertaining to your company’s inventory<br /> ::6. Suppliers/Customers Part#<br /> :::*Used if internal part number is different from manufacturer part number<br /> '''Inventory Transaction'''<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Inventory<br /> ::*Automatically fulfilled when shipment or receipt is generated<br /> ::*Manual entry can be done when adjusting inventory manually<br /> '''Quote'''<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Quote<br /> :Similar to entering an order, but starts as a quote<br /> :#Enter Company in Quote to<br /> :#Enter Company in Ship to if different from Quote to<br /> :#Enter Ship Via if preference<br /> :#Enter Customer PO<br /> :#Enter SalesPerson, if applicable<br /> :#Enter items in Quote Lines<br /> ::::a. Enter Type<br /> ::::b. Enter Quantity<br /> ::::c. Enter Unit Price and tab through<br /> ::::d. If Tax Exempt, uncheck box<br /> ::::e. Click Save<br /> :Buttons<br /> ::*Create an Invoice – create invoice from current displayed quote<br /> ::*Create Order – create an order from currently displayed order<br /> ::*Copy Quote – copy quote to start a new quote with same information<br /> '''Pick List''' <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Inventory / Pick List<br /> :Once an Inventory Order is entered a pick list can be created<br /> :#Search to find specific Pick List<br /> :#Print Pick List<br /> :#Once Picked, click Create AR Invoice(button)<br /> '''Inventory Reports'''<br /> :* Price List Report<br /> :* Inventory Reorder<br /> :* Physical Inventory Worksheet<br /> :* See Insight Reporting for all available Inventory reports</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=622 2020-05-07T16:44:31Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Import Manager */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance <br /> :*Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system and displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=621 2020-05-07T16:43:59Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Import Manager */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance <br /> :*Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=620 2020-05-07T16:42:57Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Repair Relationships */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance <br /> :*Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=619 2020-05-07T16:42:15Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Create Employee Reviews */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance <br /> :*Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies that the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=618 2020-05-07T16:38:44Z

<p>Pmepham: </p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance <br /> :*Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off of employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> <br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies that the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Location:''' Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=617 2020-05-07T16:32:10Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Inventory Category Link */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance AND Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' &lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off of employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies that the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=616 2020-05-07T16:31:52Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Recalc Inventory Acct Balance */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance AND Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' &lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off of employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies that the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=615 2020-05-07T16:31:32Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Fix Journal Entries */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance AND Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' &lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off of employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies that the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=614 2020-05-07T16:30:53Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Fix Inventory Quantity */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance AND Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' &lt;br&gt;<br /> :*Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :*Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries AND Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity AND Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off of employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies that the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=613 2020-05-07T16:30:26Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Fix Inventory Quantity */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance AND Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' &lt;br&gt;<br /> *Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> *Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> *Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries AND Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity AND Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off of employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies that the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=612 2020-05-07T16:29:37Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Fix Inventory Quantity */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance AND Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' &lt;br&gt;<br /> Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;/p&gt;<br /> Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries AND Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity AND Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off of employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies that the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=611 2020-05-07T16:28:59Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Fix Inventory Quantity */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance AND Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' &lt;br&gt;<br /> Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries AND Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity AND Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off of employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies that the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=610 2020-05-07T16:28:40Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Fix Inventory Quantity */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance AND Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' &lt;br&gt;<br /> Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries AND Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity AND Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off of employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies that the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=609 2020-05-07T16:28:19Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Fix Inventory Quantity */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance AND Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' <br /> Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries AND Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity AND Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off of employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies that the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=608 2020-05-07T16:27:49Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Fix Inventory Quantity */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance AND Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' <br /> Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries AND Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity AND Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off of employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies that the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=607 2020-05-07T16:27:28Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Fix Inventory Quantity */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance AND Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' <br /> Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries AND Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity AND Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off of employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies that the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=606 2020-05-07T16:26:37Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Fix Inventory Quantity */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance AND Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' <br /> Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries AND Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity AND Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off of employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies that the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=605 2020-05-07T16:25:00Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Fix Inventory Quantity */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance AND Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' <br /> :Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity<br /> :Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries AND Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity AND Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off of employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies that the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=604 2020-05-07T16:24:13Z

<p>Pmepham: </p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance AND Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt; AND Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity AND Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries AND Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity AND Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off of employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies that the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=603 2020-05-07T16:22:24Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Fix Account Balance */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance AND Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off of employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies that the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=602 2020-05-07T16:22:07Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Fix Account Balance */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance AND Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off of employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies that the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=601 2020-05-07T16:21:36Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Fix Account Balance */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off of employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies that the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=600 2020-05-07T16:20:48Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Check Document Maintenance Utility */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:''' Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off of employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies that the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Utilities&diff=599 2020-05-07T16:19:30Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Check Document Maintenance Utility */</p> <hr /> <div>== Check Document Maintenance Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''Main / Utilities / Check Document Maintenance<br /> <br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Check Document Maintenance utility will import the file and link the information from the Check Register Import to the scanned documents.<br /> :::To run the utility, click 'OK' on the window below:<br /> :::[[File:Utilities_Check_Document_Maintenance_Import.JPG]]<br /> :::Your local computer's file explorer will appear. Select the check batch file to be imported and click 'Open'.<br /> :::The file will be imported. When the import is complete you will receive a window that says 'Done'.<br /> <br /> == Fix Account Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main / Utilities / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting / General Ledger / Fix Account Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Account Balance Utility corrects erroneous account balances by deleting any ledger records that have not been attached to a journal entry from the system. These ledger records are then zeroed out on the relevant charts to give the correct account balance.<br /> <br /> == Fix AP Invoices ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AP Invoices&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AP Invoices utility repairs the issue of an AP invoice being overlooked or incorrect for various reasons. These may be because the system has not assigned an invoice number to the invoice, a company has not been assigned to the invoice, or payments made to the invoice have been missed by the system. The tool finds the erroneous invoice and repairs these issues.<br /> <br /> == Fix AR Invoice Payments ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Accounts Receivable &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix AR Invoice Payments&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix AR Invoice Payments utility finds and corrects invoices with incorrect credit and/or payment amounts.<br /> <br /> == Fix Inventory Quantity ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Inventory Quantity utility corrects part numbers with erroneous inventory quantities. It does so by finding the quantity of the part in inventory and comparing it to what the correct quantity should be based off past inventory transactions. If a discrepancy is found, the part number's quantity is updated with the quantity given from past inventory transactions.<br /> <br /> == Fix Journal Entries ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Inventory Quantity&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; General Ledger &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix Journal Entries&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Fix Journal Entries utility finds errors in the General Ledger by finding journal entries that are orphaned, meaning they are not attached to any account, and removing them.<br /> <br /> == Recalc Inventory Acct Balance ==<br /> '''Menu Locations:'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Accounting &gt; Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> ::Inventory &gt; Inventory &gt; Utilities &gt; Recalc Inventory Acct Balance&lt;br&gt;<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Recalc Inventory Acct Balance utility runs a recalculation of the inventory account balances to correct any erroneous calculations.<br /> <br /> == Inventory Category Link ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Inventory Category Link<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Inventory Category Link utility will link a Category to every inventory item that is not assigned to one.<br /> <br /> == Update Inventory Pricing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Update Inventory Pricing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Update Inventory Pricing utility will update all inventory item prices based on the current markup percentage and cost of the item.<br /> <br /> == Efficiency Utility ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Efficiency Utility<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Efficiency Utility searches for efficiency records that have either no person or no department linked to them and gives the option to delete these records.<br /> <br /> == Peerless Import ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Peerless Import<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Peerless Import utility imports AR invoices from the local file system into the AR Invoice table.<br /> <br /> == Assembly Cost Update == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Assembly Cost Update<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Assembly Cost Update utility updates the cost on all assembly items.<br /> <br /> == Create Employee Reviews ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Create Employee Reviews<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Create Employee Reviews utility creates employee reviews based off of employee records and review questions.<br /> <br /> == EDI Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; EDI Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The EDI Maintenance utility re-downloads, re-imports, and re-uploads EDI files.<br /> <br /> == Fix History ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Fix History<br /> '''What It Does'''<br /> ::The Fix History utility searches for duplicate records within the transaction log, relationships log, and the transactions add/delete log and removes them.<br /> <br /> == Web Service ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Main &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Service<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Service utility pulls and saves orders from the web service when the 'Execute' button is clicked and lists the PO numbers of orders from the web service when the 'Print PO Numbers' button is clicked.<br /> <br /> == Index Maintenance == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Index Maintenance<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Index Maintenance utility gives the option to either rebuild or reorganize table indexes for all tables in the system.<br /> <br /> == Repair Relationships == <br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Repair Relationships<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Repair Relationships utility searches for and repairs relationships with null values and null ID's. The utility also verifies that the values entered into the relationships table exist and are valid.<br /> <br /> == Background Processing ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Background Processing<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Background Processing utility displays the status of any background processes in the system.<br /> <br /> == Import Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import Manager utility opens the Import Manager, which is a tool used to import new data into the system, and also displays import data history.<br /> <br /> == Export Manager ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Export Manager<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Export Manager utility opens the Export Manager, which is a tool used to export data to the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Batch Delete ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Batch Delete<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Batch Delete utility allows for a mass delete of any objects that fall under an applied filter.<br /> <br /> == Import EPI File ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Import EPI File<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Import EPI File utility imports an EPI file from the local file system.<br /> <br /> == Epiphany Client Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Epiphany Client Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Epiphany Client Update utility updates the client for terminal service users.<br /> <br /> == Web Update ==<br /> '''Menu Locations'''<br /> ::Administration &gt; Utilities &gt; Web Update<br /> '''What It Does:'''<br /> ::The Web Update utility updates Epiphany to the most recent version via the web.</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Software_Updates&diff=598 2020-05-07T16:04:05Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Updates */</p> <hr /> <div>== Software Updates ==<br /> <br /> === Version ===<br /> <br /> '''Database Version:'''Help / About Epiphany<br /> :The Database Version displays the date and time stamp of the Epiphany version/update of Epiphany currently running.<br /> <br /> ::[[File:SU_Database_Version.png]]<br /> <br /> :When new code has been released a message will appear below the Epiphany Logo giving the user the opportunity to review the Release Notes immediately. The window will close automatically if no selection is made withing several seconds.<br /> <br /> ::[[File:SU_New_Code.png]]<br /> <br /> === Release Notes ===<br /> <br /> '''Release Notes:''' Help / About Epiphany / Release Notes<br /> <br /> :As enhancements and/or bug fixes are implemented a Release Note is created with a brief description. These Release Notes are available to users to view at any time.<br /> <br /> ::[[File:SU_Release_Notes.png]]<br /> <br /> === Updates ===<br /> :When updating Epiphany the following dialog box will appear with udpate versions available to update to.<br /> <br /> ::[[File:SU_Update_Versions.png]]<br /> <br /> :The following dialog box will display when your database is on the most current version.<br /> <br /> ::[[File:SU_Version_Current.png]]<br /> <br /> ===Tips===<br /> <br /> '''Tips:''' Help / About Epiphany / Tips<br /> <br /> :Helpful Epiphany Tips are updated periodically.<br /> <br /> ::[[File:SU_Epiphany_Tips.png]]<br /> <br /> :A randomly selected Tip will also appear at the bottom of the splash screen upon logging into Epiphany each time.<br /> <br /> ::[[File:SU_Tips_Splash_Screen.png]]</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Software_Updates&diff=597 2020-05-07T16:03:30Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Updates */</p> <hr /> <div>== Software Updates ==<br /> <br /> === Version ===<br /> <br /> '''Database Version:'''Help / About Epiphany<br /> :The Database Version displays the date and time stamp of the Epiphany version/update of Epiphany currently running.<br /> <br /> ::[[File:SU_Database_Version.png]]<br /> <br /> :When new code has been released a message will appear below the Epiphany Logo giving the user the opportunity to review the Release Notes immediately. The window will close automatically if no selection is made withing several seconds.<br /> <br /> ::[[File:SU_New_Code.png]]<br /> <br /> === Release Notes ===<br /> <br /> '''Release Notes:''' Help / About Epiphany / Release Notes<br /> <br /> :As enhancements and/or bug fixes are implemented a Release Note is created with a brief description. These Release Notes are available to users to view at any time.<br /> <br /> ::[[File:SU_Release_Notes.png]]<br /> <br /> === Updates ===<br /> :When updating Epiphany the following dialog box will appear with udpate versions available to update to.<br /> ::<br /> <br /> :The following dialog box will display when your database is on the most current version.<br /> <br /> ::[[File:SU_Version_Current.png]]<br /> <br /> ===Tips===<br /> <br /> '''Tips:''' Help / About Epiphany / Tips<br /> <br /> :Helpful Epiphany Tips are updated periodically.<br /> <br /> ::[[File:SU_Epiphany_Tips.png]]<br /> <br /> :A randomly selected Tip will also appear at the bottom of the splash screen upon logging into Epiphany each time.<br /> <br /> ::[[File:SU_Tips_Splash_Screen.png]]</div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=File:SU_Update_Versions.png&diff=596 2020-05-07T16:02:51Z

<p>Pmepham: </p> <hr /> <div></div>

Pmepham https://epiphanywiki.crystalcomputer.com/index.php?title=Manual:Software_Updates&diff=595 2020-05-07T16:01:04Z

<p>Pmepham: /* Updates */</p> <hr /> <div>== Software Updates ==<br /> <br /> === Version ===<br /> <br /> '''Database Version:'''Help / About Epiphany<br /> :The Database Version displays the date and time stamp of the Epiphany version/update of Epiphany currently running.<br /> <br /> ::[[File:SU_Database_Version.png]]<br /> <br /> :When new code has been released a message will appear below the Epiphany Logo giving the user the opportunity to review the Release Notes immediately. The window will close automatically if no selection is made withing several seconds.<br /> <br /> ::[[File:SU_New_Code.png]]<br /> <br /> === Release Notes ===<br /> <br /> '''Release Notes:''' Help / About Epiphany / Release Notes<br /> <br /> :As enhancements and/or bug fixes are implemented a Release Note is created with a brief description. These Release Notes are available to users to view at any time.<br /> <br /> ::[[File:SU_Release_Notes.png]]<br /> <br /> === Updates ===<br /> :When updating Epiphany the following dialog box will appear with udpate versions available to update to.<br /> ::[[File:SU_Update_Versions.png]]<br /> <br /> :The following dialog box will display when your database is on the most current version.<br /> <br /> ::[[File:SU_Version_Current.png]]<br /> <br /> ===Tips===<br /> <br /> '''Tips:''' Help / About Epiphany / Tips<br /> <br /> :Helpful Epiphany Tips are updated periodically.<br /> <br /> ::[[File:SU_Epiphany_Tips.png]]<br /> <br /> :A randomly selected Tip will also appear at the bottom of the splash screen upon logging into Epiphany each time.<br /> <br /> ::[[File:SU_Tips_Splash_Screen.png]]</div>

Pmepham